Nissan b15 2001 - Automatic-Transmission

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GI
SECTION AT MA
EM
LC
EC
CONTENTS FE
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ....................................4 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL

CL
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ...........................4 DESCRIPTION ...............................................................86
PRECAUTIONS ...............................................................6 Symptom Chart..........................................................86 MT
ProCarManuals.com
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL

BAG″ and ″SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER″...............6 DESCRIPTION .............................................................103
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) TCM Terminals and Reference Value......................103
System of A/T and Engine...........................................6 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........107
Precautions ..................................................................6 Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN....................................107
Service Notice or Precautions .....................................8 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................108
AX
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis.....................9 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
PREPARATION .............................................................10 SWITCH .......................................................................110 SU
Special Service Tools ................................................10 Description ...............................................................110
Commercial Service Tools .........................................12 Wiring Diagram - AT - PNP/SW............................... 111
OVERALL SYSTEM ......................................................14 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................112 BR
A/T Electrical Parts Location .....................................14 Component Inspection.............................................114
Circuit Diagram ..........................................................15 DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Cross-sectional View - RE4F03B ..............................16 CIRCUIT .......................................................................115 ST
Hydraulic Control Circuit............................................17 Description ...............................................................115
Shift Mechanism ........................................................18 Wiring Diagram - AT - FTS ......................................117
RS
Control System ..........................................................27 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................118
Control Mechanism....................................................28 Component Inspection.............................................120
Control Valve .............................................................33 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.A/T BT
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (REVOLUTION SENSOR) ...........................................121
DESCRIPTION ...............................................................35 Description ...............................................................121
Introduction ................................................................35 Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T ................................123 HA
OBD-II Function for A/T System................................35 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................124
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ..............35 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .......................126
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ....................35 Description ...............................................................126
SC
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)..............................39 Wiring Diagram - AT - ENGSS ................................127
CONSULT-II ...............................................................39 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................128 EL
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION..................56 DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ....................130
Introduction ................................................................56 Description ...............................................................130
Work Flow..................................................................60 Wiring Diagram - AT - 1ST ......................................133 IDX
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION ...........62 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................134
A/T Fluid Check .........................................................62 Component Inspection.............................................135
Stall Test ....................................................................62 DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION....................137
Line Pressure Test.....................................................66 Description ...............................................................137
Road Test...................................................................67 Wiring Diagram - AT - 2ND......................................140
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................141
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Component Inspection.............................................142 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................201
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION....................143 Component Inspection.............................................204
Description ...............................................................143 DTC VHCL SPEED SEN.MTR VEHICLE SPEED
Wiring Diagram - AT - 3RD......................................146 SENSOR.MTR..............................................................205
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................147 Description ...............................................................205
Component Inspection.............................................148 Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSMTR..............................207
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ....................149 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................208
Description ...............................................................149 DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
Wiring Diagram - AT - 4TH ......................................152 (ROM)...........................................................................209
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................153 Description ...............................................................209
Component Inspection.............................................157 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................209
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) .............................211
SOLENOID VALVE......................................................158 Description ...............................................................211
Description ...............................................................158 Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................212
Wiring Diagram - AT - TCV......................................159 TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ...............213
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................160 Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC .............................213
Component Inspection.............................................161 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On....216
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) ....162 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In ″P″ and ″N″
Description ...............................................................162 Position ....................................................................219
Wiring Diagram - AT - TCCSIG ...............................165 3. In ″P″ Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or
ProCarManuals.com
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................166 Backward When Pushed .........................................220

Component Inspection.............................................172 4. In ″N″ Position, Vehicle Moves ...........................221
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE ...173 5. Large Shock. ″N″ -> ″R″ Position .......................223
Description ...............................................................173 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In ″R″
Wiring Diagram - AT - LPSV....................................174 Position ....................................................................225
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................175 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In ″D″, ″2″
Component Inspection.............................................177 Or ″1″ Position.........................................................228
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ..................178 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ...................231
Description ...............................................................178 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 -> D2 Or Does Not
Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/A ..................................179 Kickdown: D4 -> D2..................................................234
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................180 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 -> D3.............................237
Component Inspection.............................................181 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> D4 .............................240
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ..................182 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up .........................243
Description ...............................................................182 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ..............245
Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/B ..................................183 14. Lock-up Is Not Released...................................247
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................184 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
Component Inspection.............................................185 Braking D4 -> D3).....................................................248
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ...........186 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 .......................250
Description ...............................................................186 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 -> D3, When
Wiring Diagram - AT - TPS......................................188 Overdrive Control Switch ″ON″ -> ″OFF″ ...............251
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................189 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> 22, When Selector
Component Inspection.............................................193 Lever ″D″ -> ″2″ Position.........................................252
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 -> 11, When Selector
VALVE..........................................................................194 Lever ″2″ -> ″1″ Position .........................................253
Description ...............................................................194 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine
Wiring Diagram - AT - OVRCSV..............................195 Brake........................................................................254
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................196 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,
Component Inspection.............................................197 Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP Circuit Checks) ........................................................254
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE) ....198 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.........................................263
Description ...............................................................198 Description ...............................................................263
Wiring Diagram - AT - BA/FTS ................................200 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location............263
AT-2
CONTENTS (Cont’d)
Wiring Diagram - SHIFT -........................................264 Band Servo Piston Assembly ..................................348 GI
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................265 Final Drive................................................................353
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ..........................................269 ASSEMBLY..................................................................357
Components.............................................................269 Assembly (1)............................................................357 MA
Removal...................................................................269 Adjustment (1) .........................................................358
Installation................................................................270 Assembly (2)............................................................363
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ..............................................271 Adjustment (2) .........................................................367
EM
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators.............271 Assembly (3)............................................................371
Control Cable Adjustment........................................272 Assembly (4)............................................................373 LC
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment .....272 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......378
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ...................273 General Specifications.............................................378
Revolution Sensor Replacement .............................273 Shift Schedule..........................................................378 EC
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............................274 Stall Revolution........................................................379
Removal...................................................................274 Line Pressure...........................................................379
Installation................................................................275 Control Valves..........................................................380 FE
OVERHAUL .................................................................277 Clutch, Brake and Brake Band................................380
Components.............................................................277 Clutch and Brake Return Springs............................382 CL
Oil Channel ..............................................................280 Oil Pump ..................................................................382
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Input Shaft ...............................................................383
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings ............................281 Planetary Carrier......................................................383 MT
ProCarManuals.com
DISASSEMBLY............................................................282 Final Drive................................................................383

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .........................296 Reduction Pinion Gear ............................................384
Manual Shaft............................................................296 Output Shaft.............................................................386
Oil Pump ..................................................................299 Bearing Retainer......................................................386
Control Valve Assembly...........................................303 Total End Play..........................................................387
AX
Control Valve Upper Body .......................................312 Reverse Clutch End Play ........................................387
Control Valve Lower Body .......................................316 Accumulator .............................................................387
Reverse Clutch ........................................................319 Band Servo ..............................................................387 SU
High Clutch ..............................................................323 Removal and Installation .........................................388
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch........................328 Shift Solenoid Valves...............................................388
Low & Reverse Brake..............................................335 Solenoid Vavle .........................................................388 BR
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor.................................388
Overrun Clutch Hub.................................................339 Revolution Sensor ...................................................388
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear Dropping Resistor ....................................................388
ST
and Bearing Retainer...............................................343
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-3
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC NIAT0001

ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC NIAT0001S01
DTC
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*1
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 AT-130
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 AT-137
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 AT-143
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 AT-149
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 AT-158
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 AT-115
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-126
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-173
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 AT-194
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 AT-110
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2 P0750 AT-178

ProCarManuals.com
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2 P0755 AT-182
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-158
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2 P1705 AT-186
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3 P0720 AT-121
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
AT-4
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC =NIAT0001S02
DTC GI
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*1
MA
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-110
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-115

EM
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3 AT-121
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-126

LC
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-130
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-137 EC

P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-143
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-149 FE

P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-158
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-162 CL

P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-173
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*2 AT-178 MT

ProCarManuals.com
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*2 AT-182
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2 AT-186
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-194
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

AX
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time. SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-5
PRECAUTIONS
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR

BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” NIAT0002
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along with
a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of
collision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN B15 is as follows:
쐌 For a frontal collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steer-
ing wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), front seat
belt pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.
쐌 For a side collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of front
seat), side air bag (satellite) sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal
collision), wiring harness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
쐌 To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
쐌 Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the RS section.
쐌 Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
ProCarManuals.com
Service Manual. Spiral cable and wiring harnesses covered with yellow insulation tape either just
before the harness connectors or for the complete harness are related to the SRS.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
System of A/T and Engine NIAT0003
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
쐌 Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.
will cause the MIL to light up.
쐌 Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
쐌 Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
쐌 Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
쐌 Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions NIAT0004
쐌 Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness
connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect nega-
tive battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the
TCM. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if
ignition switch is turned off.
SEF289H
AT-6
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌 When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break). GI
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
MA
EM
AAT470A LC
쐌 Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and make sure whether TCM functions prop-
erly or not. See page AT-103. EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
MEF040DA
쐌 After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed. AX
SU
BR
SAT964I
쐌 Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the out-

side of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts ST
from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
쐌 Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
RS
쐌 Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common
shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the opera-
tion of the transaxle. BT
쐌 Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper
assembly.
쐌 All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, HA
non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly.
쐌 Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the
transaxle is disassembled. SC
쐌 It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they
are indicated. EL
쐌 The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme
care when parts are removed and serviced. Place disas-
sembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper IDX
assembly. Care will also prevent springs and small parts from
becoming scattered or lost.
쐌 Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along
bores in valve body under their own weight.
쐌 Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all
AT-7
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Cont’d)
parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals, or
hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not
use grease.
쐌 Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings,
seals and gaskets when assembling.
쐌 Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil
pan or clogging strainer. Refer to “ATF COOLER SERVICE”,
AT-9.
쐌 After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF.
쐌 When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is
drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque converter and ATF
cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the
MA section when changing A/T fluid. Refer to MA-36 ,“Changing
A/T Fluid”.
ProCarManuals.com
Service Notice or Precautions NIAT0005

FAIL-SAFE NIAT0005S01
The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major
electrical input/output device circuit is damaged.
Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of “1”, “2” or “D”. The
customer may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration.
When the ignition key is turned “ON” following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF indicator lamp blinks for about
8 seconds. [For “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, refer to AT-49.]
The blinking of the O/D OFF indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The
customer may resume normal driving conditions.
Always follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-60.
The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows:
The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor.
During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.
TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE NIAT0005S02
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
쐌 External leaks in the hub weld area.
쐌 Converter hub is scored or damaged.
쐌 Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
쐌 Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
쐌 Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
쐌 Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
쐌 Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
쐌 Internal failure of stator roller clutch.
쐌 Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter).
쐌 Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are
worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter.
The torque converter should not be replaced if:
쐌 The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
쐌 The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
AT-8
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌 Transaxle failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate
lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
쐌 Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter clutch GI
dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic, such
as taxi, delivery or police use.
MA
ATF COOLER SERVICE NIAT0005S03
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer.
Replace radiator lower tank (which includes ATF cooler) with a new one and flush cooler line using cleaning EM
solvent and compressed air.
Refer to LC-15 (QG18DE) or LC-33 (SR20DE), “Radiator”.
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
LC
NIAT0005S04
쐌 A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on EC
AT-40 for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
쐌 The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in the ECM and TCM memories.
Always perform the procedure “HOW TO ERASE DTC” on AT-37 to complete the repair and avoid FE
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
쐌 The following self-diagnostic items can be detected using ECM self-diagnostic results mode* only when
the O/D OFF indicator lamp does not indicate any malfunctions. CL
− PNP switch
− A/T 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th gear function MT
ProCarManuals.com
− A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up).

*: For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-85 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-757 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)],
EC-1421 (SR20DE), “ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION”.
쐌 Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL-5, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”. AX
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
NIAT0006
SU
쐌 GI-11, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”.
쐌 EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”. BR
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
쐌 GI-35, “How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnoses”.
쐌 GI-24, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-9
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
Special Service Tools NIAT0007

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
(J34301-C) Measuring line pressure

Oil pressure gauge set
1 (J34301-1)
Oil pressure gauge
2 (J34301-2)
Hoses
3 (J34298)
Adapter
4 (J34282)
Adapter
5 (790-301-1230-A)
60° Adapter
6 (J34301-15)
Square socket AAT896
KV31103000 Installing differential oil seal

(J38982) (Use with ST35325000.)
Drift a: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
ProCarManuals.com
NT105
ST35325000 Installing differential oil seal

( — ) (Use with KV31103000.)
Drift a: 215 mm (8.46 in)
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
c: M12 x 1.5P
NT417
KV38107700 쐌 Measuring turning torque of final drive assembly

(J39027) 쐌 Measuring clearance between side gear and
Preload adapter differential case with washer
쐌 Selecting differential side bearing adjusting shim
NT087
KV31103200 Removing and installing clutch return spring

(J34285-A and J34285- a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
87) b: 174 mm (6.85 in)
Clutch spring compres-
sor
NT423
ST23540000 Removing and installing parking rod plate, manual

(J25689-A) plate and differential pinion mate shaft retaining
Pin punch pins
a: 2.3 mm (0.091 in) dia.
b: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
NT442
AT-10
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool number
Tool name GI
KV32101000 Installing throttle lever and manual shaft retaining
(J25689-A) pins MA
Pin punch a: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
EM
NT410
ST25710000 Aligning groove of manual shaft and hole of trans- LC

( — ) mission case
Pin punch a: 2 mm (0.08 in) dia.
EC
NT410
ST3306S001 Removing differential side bearing inner race

FE
(J22888-D) a: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
Differential side bearing b: 29.5 mm (1.161 in) dia.
puller set c: 130 mm (5.12 in) CL
1 ST33051001 d: 135 mm (5.31 in)
(J22888-D) e: 120 mm (4.72 in)
Puller MT
ProCarManuals.com
2 ST33061000
(J8107-2)
Adapter NT745
KV381054S0 쐌 Removing idler gear bearing outer race

(J34286) 쐌 Removing differential side oil seals
Puller 쐌 Removing differential side bearing outer race AX
쐌 Removing needle bearing from bearing retainer
a: 250 mm (9.84 in)
b: 160 mm (6.30 in) SU
NT414 BR
ST27180001 쐌 Removing idler gear
(J25726-B) a: 100 mm (3.94 in)
Puller b: 110 mm (4.33 in) ST
c: M8 x 1.25P
RS
NT424 BT
ST30031000 Removing reduction gear bearing inner race
(J22912-O1) a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.
Puller b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia. HA
SC
NT411
ST35272000 쐌 Installing reduction gear bearing inner race EL

(J26092) 쐌 Installing idler gear bearing inner race
Drift a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 35.5 mm (1.398 in) dia. IDX
NT426
AT-11
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool number
Tool name
ST37830000 Installing idler gear bearing outer race

( — ) a: 62 mm (2.44 in) dia.
Drift b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.
NT427
ST35321000 Installing output shaft bearing

( — ) a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
NT073
ST30633000 Installing differential side bearing outer race

( — ) a: 67 mm (2.64 in) dia.
ProCarManuals.com
NT073
ST35271000 쐌 Installing idler gear

(J26091) a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
NT115
ST33400001 쐌 Installing oil pump housing oil seal

(J26082) a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
NT115
KV38105710 쐌 Measuring clearance between side gear and

( — ) differential case
NT087
Commercial Service Tools NIAT0008
Tool name Description
Puller 쐌 Removing idler gear bearing inner race

쐌 Removing and installing band servo
piston snap ring
NT077
AT-12
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool name Description
Drift Removing idler gear bearing inner race GI

a: 34 mm (1.34 in) dia.
MA
NT109
Drift Installing differential left side bearing

a: 86 mm (3.39 in) dia. EM
b: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
LC
NT115
Drift Installing differential right side bearing EC

a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
FE
NT115
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-13
OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location
A/T Electrical Parts Location NIAT0009

ProCarManuals.com
WAT358
AT-14
OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram NIAT0010
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT529
AT-15
OVERALL SYSTEM
Cross-sectional View — RE4F03B
Cross-sectional View — RE4F03B NIAT0011

ProCarManuals.com
SAT842J
AT-16
OVERALL SYSTEM
Hydraulic Control Circuit
Hydraulic Control Circuit NIAT0013
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT408
AT-17
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism
Shift Mechanism NIAT0014

CONSTRUCTION NIAT0014S01
SAT998I
ProCarManuals.com
1. Torque converter 9. Front internal gear 17. Overrun clutch

2. Oil pump 10. Front planetary carrier 18. Low one-way clutch
3. Input shaft 11. Rear sun gear 19. Low & reverse brake
4. Brake band 12. Rear pinion gear 20. Parking pawl
5. Reverse clutch 13. Rear internal gear 21. Parking gear
6. High clutch 14. Rear planetary carrier 22. Output shaft
7. Front sun gear 15. Forward clutch 23. Idle gear
8. Front pinion gear 16. Forward one-way clutch 24. Output gear
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE NIAT0014S02
Clutch and brake components Abbr. Function
5 Reverse clutch R/C To transmit input power to front sun gear 7.
6 High clutch H/C To transmit input power to front planetary carrier 10.
15 Forward clutch F/C To connect front planetary carrier 10 with forward one-way clutch 16.
17 Overrun clutch O/C To connect front planetary carrier 10 with rear internal gear 13.
4 Brake band B/B To lock front sun gear 7.
16 Forward one-way clutch F/O.C When forward clutch 15 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear 13 from rotat-
ing in opposite direction against engine revolution.
18 Low one-way clutch L/O.C To stop front planetary carrier 10 from rotating in opposite direction against
engine revolution.
19 Low & reverse brake L & R/B To lock front planetary carrier 10.
AT-18
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART NIAT0014S03
Band servo Low GI

For- Over- Forward Low &
Reverse High one-
ward run one-way reverse
Shift position clutch clutch way Lock-up Remarks
clutch clutch 2nd 3rd 4th clutch brake
5 6 clutch
15 17 apply release apply 16
18
19 MA
PARK
P
POSITION EM
REVERSE
R 쎻 쎻
POSITION
LC
NEUTRAL
N
POSITION
1st 쎻 *1D B B
EC
Automatic
2nd 쎻 *1A 쎻 B shift
D*4
1k2k3 FE
3rd 쎻 쎻 *1A *2C C B *5쎻
k4
4th 쎻 C *3C C 쎻 쎻
CL
1st 쎻 D B B Automatic
2 shift
2nd 쎻 A 쎻 B 1k2 MT
ProCarManuals.com
Locks (held
1st 쎻 쎻 B 쎻
stationary)
1 in 1st
speed
2nd 쎻 쎻 쎻 B
1g2
AX
*1: Operates when overdrive control switch is set in “OFF” position.
*2: Oil pressure is applied to both 2nd “apply” side and 3rd “release” side of band servo piston. However, brake band does not contract
because oil pressure area on the “release” side is greater than that on the “apply” side.
*3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th “apply” side in condition *2 above, and brake band contracts.
SU
*4: A/T will not shift to 4th when overdrive control switch is set in “OFF” position.
*5: Operates when overdrive control switch is “OFF”.
쎻 : Operates.
BR
A: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, activating engine brake.
B: Operates during “progressive” acceleration.
ST
C: Operates but does not affect power transmission.
D: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, but does not affect engine brake.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-19
OVERALL SYSTEM
POWER TRANSMISSION =NIAT0014S04

“N” and “P” Positions NIAT0014S0401
쐌 “N” position
Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft because the clutches do not operate.
쐌 “P” position
Similar to the “N” position, the clutches do not operate. The parking pawl engages with the parking gear
to mechanically hold the output shaft so that the power train is locked.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT991I
AT-20
OVERALL SYSTEM
“11” Position =NIAT0014S0402
쐌 Forward clutch As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low and GI
쐌 Forward one-way clutch reverse brake.
쐌 Overrun clutch This is different from that of D1 and 21.
쐌 Low and reverse brake
MA
Engine brake Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when
decelerating.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT374J
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-21
OVERALL SYSTEM
“D1” and “21” Positions =NIAT0014S0403
쐌 Forward one-way clutch Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of
쐌 Forward clutch these three clutches.
쐌 Low one-way clutch
D1: Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
Overrun clutch
21: Always engaged
engagement conditions
At D1 and 21 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low one-
(Engine brake)
way clutch.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT377J
AT-22
OVERALL SYSTEM
“D2”, “22” and “12” Positions =NIAT0014S0404
쐌 Forward clutch Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal gear now GI
쐌 Forward one-way rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier.
clutch As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch and forward
쐌 Brake band one-way clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of rear planetary carrier com-
pared with that of the 1st speed.
MA
Overrun clutch D2: Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
engagement conditions 22 and 12: Always engaged EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT378J
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-23
OVERALL SYSTEM
“D3” Position =NIAT0014S0405
쐌 High clutch Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary carrier is
쐌 Forward clutch connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way clutch.
쐌 Forward one-way This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier
clutch to turn at the same speed.
Overrun clutch D3: Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
engagement conditions
ProCarManuals.com
SAT379J
AT-24
OVERALL SYSTEM
“D4” (OD) Position =NIAT0014S0406
쐌 High clutch Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch. GI
쐌 Brake band This front carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and makes
쐌 Forward clutch (Does not affect power front internal gear (output) turn faster.
transmission)
MA
At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine
Engine brake
brake can be obtained when decelerating.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT380J
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-25
OVERALL SYSTEM
“R” Position =NIAT0014S0407
쐌 Reverse clutch Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low and reverse
쐌 Low and reverse brake brake.
Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front
internal gear in the opposite direction.
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be
Engine brake
obtained when decelerating.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT381J
AT-26
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System
Control System =NIAT0015

OUTLINE NIAT0015S01
The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various switches and sensors. It always
GI
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SWITCHES & SENSORS TCM ACTUATORS MA
PNP switch
Throttle position sensor Shift control EM
Closed throttle position switch Line pressure control
Shift solenoid valve A
Wide open throttle position Lock-up control
Shift solenoid valve B
switch Overrun clutch control
Engine speed signal 왘 Timing control 왘 Overrun clutch solenoid valve LC
Torque converter clutch solenoid
A/T fluid temperature sensor Fail-safe control
valve
Revolution sensor Self-diagnosis
Vehicle speed sensor CONSULT-II communication line
Line pressure solenoid valve EC
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Overdrive control switch control
ASCD control unit Duet-EA control
Stop lamp switch FE
CONTROL SYSTEM NIAT0015S02
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT359
SC
EL
IDX
AT-27
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System (Cont’d)
TCM FUNCTION =NIAT0015S03

The function of the TCM is to:
쐌 Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
쐌 Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
쐌 Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM NIAT0015S04
Sensors, switches and solenoid Function

valves
PNP switch Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
Throttle position sensor Detects throttle valve position and sends a signal to TCM.
Closed throttle position switch Detects throttle valve’s fully-closed position and sends a signal to TCM.
Detects a throttle valve position of greater than 1/2 of full throttle and sends
Wide open throttle position switch
a signal to TCM.
Engine speed signal From ECM.
A/T fluid temperature sensor Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
Input
Revolution sensor Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM.
Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed sensor. Sends a signal when revolution

Vehicle speed sensor
ProCarManuals.com
sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions.
Sends a signal, which prohibits a shift to “D4” (overdrive) position, to the

Overdrive control switch
TCM.
Sends the cruise signal and “D4” (overdrive) cancellation signal from ASCD
ASCD control unit
control unit to TCM.
Stop lamp switch Releases lock-up system when depressing pedal in lock-up condition.
Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent

Shift solenoid valve A/B
from TCM.
Regulates (or decreases) line pressure suited to driving conditions in rela-

Line pressure solenoid valve
tion to a signal sent from TCM.
Output Torque converter clutch solenoid Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in
valve relation to a signal sent from TCM.
Controls an “engine brake” effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a

Overrun clutch solenoid valve
signal sent from TCM.
O/D OFF indicator lamp Shows TCM faults, when A/T control components malfunction.
Control Mechanism NIAT0016

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL NIAT0016S01
TCM has various line pressure control characteristics to match the
driving conditions.
An ON-OFF duty signal is sent to the line pressure solenoid valve
based on TCM characteristics.
Hydraulic pressure on the clutch and brake is electronically con-
trolled through the line pressure solenoid valve to accommodate
engine torque. This results in smooth shift operation.
AT-28
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Normal Control NIAT0016S0101
The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suit-
able clutch operation. GI
MA
EM
SAT003J LC
Back-up Control (Engine brake) NIAT0016S0102
If the selector lever is shifted to “2” position while driving in D4 (OD) EC
or D3, great driving force is applied to the clutch inside the trans-
mission. Clutch operating pressure (line pressure) must be
increased to deal with this driving force. FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT004J
During Shift Change NIAT0016S0103

The line pressure is temporarily reduced corresponding to a
change in engine torque when shifting gears (that is, when the shift
solenoid valve is switched for clutch operation) to reduce shifting
shock. AX
SU
BR
SAT005J
At Low Fluid Temperature

쐌
NIAT0016S0104
Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing
ST
change with fluid temperature. Clutch engaging or band-con-
tacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid RS
temperature, to stabilize shifting quality.
BT
HA
쐌 The line pressure is reduced below 60°C (140°F) to prevent SC

shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission
fluid when temperature is low.
EL
IDX
SAT006J
AT-29
OVERALL SYSTEM
쐌 Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the
throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.
SAT007J
SHIFT CONTROL NIAT0016S02

The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate
vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished
by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and
throttle position sensor. This results in improved acceleration per-
formance and fuel economy.
ProCarManuals.com
Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B NIAT0016S0201

The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to sig-
nals from the throttle position sensor and revolution sensor to
select the optimum gear position on the basis of the shift schedule
memorized in the TCM.
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to “ON”, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to
the shift valve.
SAT008J
Relation Between Shift Solenoid Valves A and B and

Gear Positions NIAT0016S0202
Gear position
Shift solenoid valve
D1, 21, 11 D2, 22, 12 D3 D4 (OD) N-P
A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed) ON (Closed)
B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
Control of Shift Valves A and B NIAT0016S0203
SAT009J
AT-30
OVERALL SYSTEM
Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves
A and B is applied to the end face of shift valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the GI
shift solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure applied to the end face
of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.
LOCK-UP CONTROL MA
NIAT0016S03
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked
to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission EM
efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty
signal sent from the TCM. The signal is converted to an oil pres-
sure signal which controls the torque converter clutch piston. LC
Conditions for Lock-up Operation NIAT0016S0301
When vehicle is driven in 4th gear position, vehicle speed and EC
throttle opening are detected. If the detected values fall within the
lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up is performed.
Overdrive control switch ON OFF FE
Selector lever “D” position
Gear position D4 D3
CL
Vehicle speed sensor More than set value
MT
ProCarManuals.com
Throttle position sensor Less than set opening
Closed throttle position switch OFF
A/T fluid temperature sensor More than 40°C (104°F)
AX
SU
BR
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Control

The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the
NIAT0016S0302 ST
TCM. The plunger closes the drain circuit during the “OFF” period,
and opens the circuit during the “ON” period. If the percentage of RS
OFF-time increases in one cycle, the pilot pressure drain time is
reduced and pilot pressure remains high.
The torque converter clutch piston is designed to slip to adjust the BT
ratio of ON-OFF, thereby reducing lock-up shock.
HA
SAT010J
OFF-time INCREASING SC
"
Amount of drain DECREASING
" EL
Pilot pressure HIGH
"
Lock-up RELEASING IDX
SAT011J
AT-31
OVERALL SYSTEM
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Operation NIAT0016S0303
AAT155A
Lock-up released
The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is
long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot pressure pushes the end
face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with
spring force to move the valve to the left. As a result, converter
pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch piston
release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston
remains unlocked.
Lock-up applied
When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid
ProCarManuals.com
valve is short, pilot pressure drains and becomes low. Accordingly,

the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the
other circuit and converter pressure. As a result, converter pres-
sure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter clutch
piston applied.
Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and
release of the lock-up.
OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE
CONTROL) NIAT0016S04
Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in down-
shifting operations. This clutch transmits engine torque to the
wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to
the engine because the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the
engine brake is not effective.
The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.
Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions NIAT0016S0401
Selector lever position Gear position Throttle opening
“D” position D1, D2, D3 gear position

Less than 3/16
“2” position 21, 22 gear position
“1” position 11, 12 gear position At any position
SAT014J
AT-32
OVERALL SYSTEM
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control NIAT0016S0402
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF sig-
nal transmitted by the TCM to provide overrun clutch control GI
(engine brake control).
When this solenoid valve is “ON”, the pilot pressure drain port
closes. When it is “OFF”, the drain port opens. MA
During the solenoid valve “ON” pilot pressure is applied to the end
face of the overrun clutch control valve.
EM
SAT015J LC
Overrun Clutch Control Valve Operation NIAT0016S0403
When the solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure is applied to the EC
overrun clutch control valve. This pushes up the overrun clutch
control valve. The line pressure is then shut off so that the clutch
does not engage. FE
When the solenoid valve is “OFF”, pilot pressure is not generated.
At this point, the overrun clutch control valve moves downward by
spring force. As a result, overrun clutch operation pressure is pro- CL
vided by the overrun clutch reducing valve. This causes the over-
run clutch to engage.
In the 1 position, the overrun clutch control valve remains pushed MT
ProCarManuals.com
down so that the overrun clutch is engaged at all times.
AX
SU
BR
SAT016J
Control Valve NIAT0017 ST

FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVES NIAT0017S01
Valve name Function RS

Pressure regulator valve, plug and Regulates oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all driving
sleeve conditions.
BT
Pressure modifier valve and Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates pressure-
sleeve modifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for all driving condi-
tions.
HA
Pilot valve Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls lock-up
mechanism, overrun clutch, shift timing.
SC
Accumulator control valve Regulates accumulator back-pressure to pressure suited to driving conditions.
Manual valve Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions.
Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral. EL
Shift valve A Simultaneously switches four oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve A to
meet driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.). IDX
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th , 3rd ,
2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B.
AT-33
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Valve (Cont’d)
Valve name Function
Shift valve B Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve B in
relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th , 3rd ,
2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A.
Overrun clutch control valve Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously with
application of the brake band in D4. (Interlocking occurs if the overrun clutch engages during
D4.)
1st reducing valve Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when down-shifting
from the “1” position 12 to 11.
Overrun clutch reducing valve Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock.
In “1” and “2” positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to increase
the pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability.
Torque converter relief valve Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure.
Torque converter clutch control Activates or inactivates the lock-up function.

valve, plug and sleeve Also provides smooth lock-up through transient application and release of the lock-up system.
1-2 accumulator valve and piston Dampens the shock encountered when 2nd gear band servo contracts, and provides smooth
shifting.
3-2 timing valve Switches oil pressure with 3-2 timing valve according to throttle opening.
ProCarManuals.com
Shuttle control valve Reduces shock when down-shifting from 3rd to 2nd and regulates overrun clutch.
Cooler check valve Regulates oil pressure which causes lock-up when driving at low speeds.
AT-34
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Introduction NIAT0018
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination GI
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunction is MA
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail,
refer to AT-40.
EM
OBD-II Function for A/T System NIAT0019
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the LC
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
EC
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in rela-
tion to A/T system parts.
FE
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II NIAT0020
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC NIAT0020S01 CL
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored
in the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC MT
ProCarManuals.com
NIAT0020S02
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip
A/T-related parts for which the MIL illuminates during the first or second test drive are listed below. AX
MIL
Items
One trip detection Two trip detection SU
Shift solenoid valve A — DTC: P0750 X
Shift solenoid valve B — DTC: P0755 X BR

Throttle position sensor or switch — DTC: P1705 X
Except above X ST
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. RS
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
NIAT0021
BT
NIAT0021S01
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710, P0720, HA
P0725, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) SC
쐌 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
쐌 Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction.
However, in case of the Mode II and GST they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still EL
occurring or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is rec-
ommended. IDX
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown in the following page. DTC or 1st trip
DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF DIAGNOSIS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time data
indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
AT-35
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
SAT014K
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT015K
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.
SAT016K
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data NIAT0021S0101
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to EC-107 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-778 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1442
(SR20DE), “CONSULT-II”.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no prior-
ity for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
AT-36
Prior- Items
ity
GI
1 Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items) MA

3 1st trip freeze frame data
EM
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM
memory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
LC
NIAT0021S02
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following. EC
쐌 If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
쐌 When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM. FE
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-86 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-758 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model)], EC-1422 (SR20DE), “Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
CL
쐌 Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
쐌 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC) MT
ProCarManuals.com
쐌 Freeze frame data

쐌 1st trip freeze frame data
쐌 System readiness test (SRT) codes
쐌 Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II) AX
NIAT0021S03
쐌 If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least SU
10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”. BR
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”. ST
6. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-37
ProCarManuals.com
SAT286K
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST) NIAT0021S04

1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
2. Perform “OBD-II Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”. Refer to AT-48. (The engine warm-up step can be
skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
3. Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-121 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA
Model)], EC-792 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1455 (SR20DE), “ Generic Scan Tool (GST)”.
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS) NIAT0021S05
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
2. Perform “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”. Refer to AT-49. (The engine warm-up step can be
skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
AT-38
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) =NIAT0022

1. The malfunction indicator lamp will light up when the ignition
switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is for GI
checking the lamp.
쐌 If the malfunction indicator lamp does not light up, refer to
EL-103, “WARNING LAMPS”.
MA
(Or see MIL & CONSULT-II in EC section. Refer to EC-100
[QG18DE (Except Calif. CAModel)], EC-771 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model)],EC-1435(SR20DE),“MalfunctionIndicatorLamp(MIL)”,
EM
and EC-107 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-778 [QG18DE
SAT964I (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1442 (SR20DE), “CONSULT-II”.) LC
2. When the engine is started, the malfunction indicator lamp
should go off.
If the lamp remains on, the on board diagnostic system has EC
detected an emission-related (OBD-II) malfunction. For detail,
refer to EC-85 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-757
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1421 (SR20DE), “ON BOARD FE
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION”.
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
CONSULT-II NIAT0023
After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CON-
SULT-II)” (AT-40), place check marks for results on the “DIAGNOS-
TIC WORKSHEET”, AT-58. Reference pages are provided follow-
ing the items. AX
NOTICE:
1) The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up SU
timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the
CONSULT-II display. If the difference is noticeable, mechani- BR
cal parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunction-
ing. Check mechanical parts using applicable diagnostic pro-
cedures. ST
2) Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on
CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ
slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons: RS
쐌 Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
쐌 Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point
where shifts start, and BT
쐌 Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point
where shifts are completed. HA
3) Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at
the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion
of shifting (which is computed by TCM). SC
4) Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Opera-
tion Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II unit.
EL
IDX
AT-39
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
NIAT0023S01
1. Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “ENGINE” for OBD-II detected
items or touch “A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis.
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground
circuit. Refer to AT-103. If result is NG, refer to EL-9, “POWER
SUPPLY ROUTING”.
SAT014K
2. Touch “SELF DIAG RESULTS”.

Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
CONSULT-II performs “REAL TIME DIAG”.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be dis-
played at real time.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT987J
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE NIAT0023S02
TCM self-diagnosis OBD-II (DTC)

Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
Malfunction is detected when ... Available by
Available by
malfunction
O/D OFF
indicator lamp*2,
“A/T” “ENGINE” indicator lamp or
“ENGINE” on CON-
“A/T” on CONSULT-II
SULT-II or GST
PNP switch circuit 쐌 TCM does not receive the correct

voltage signal (based on the gear — P0705
— PNP SW/CIRC position) from the switch.
Revolution sensor 쐌 TCM does not receive the proper

voltage signal from the sensor. X P0720
VHCL SPEED VEH SPD SEN/CIR
SEN·A/T AT
Vehicle speed sensor (Meter) 쐌 TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the sensor. X —
VHCL SPEED
—
SEN·MTR
A/T 1st gear function 쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st

gear position even if electrical — P0731*1
— A/T 1ST GR FNCTN circuit is good.
A/T 2nd gear function 쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd

A/T 2ND GR circuit is good.
—
FNCTN
A/T 3rd gear function 쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd

A/T 3RD GR circuit is good.
—
FNCTN
AT-40

Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF GI
Available by MA
malfunction
O/D OFF
indicator lamp*2,
SULT-II or GST EM
A/T 4th gear function 쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th
gear position even if electrical
—
A/T 4TH GR circuit is good.
— P0734*1 LC
FNCTN
A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) 쐌 A/T cannot perform lock-up even
if electrical circuit is good.
EC
A/T TCC S/V — P0744*1
—
FNCTN
FE
Shift solenoid valve A 쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the X P0750
SHIFT SFT SOL A/CIRC solenoid valve.
SOLENOID/V A CL
Shift solenoid valve B 쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage
drop when it tries to operate the X P0755 MT
SHIFT SFT SOL B/CIRC
ProCarManuals.com
solenoid valve.
SOLENOID/V B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve 쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage

OVERRUN O/R CLUCH SOL/ solenoid valve.
CLUTCH S/V CIRC
AX
T/C clutch solenoid valve 쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage
T/C CLUTCH TCC SOLENOID/
SOL/V CIRC
solenoid valve. SU
Line pressure solenoid valve 쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage
LINE PRESSURE L/PRESS SOL/

drop when it tries to operate the X P0745 BR
solenoid valve.
S/V CIRC
Throttle position sensor, 쐌 TCM receives an excessively low ST

Throttle position switch or high voltage from the sensor.
X P1705
THROTTLE POSI TP SEN/CIRC A/T
SEN
RS
Engine speed signal 쐌 TCM does not receive the proper
voltage signal from the ECM. X P0725 BT
ENGINE SPEED SIG
A/T fluid temperature sensor 쐌 TCM receives an excessively low

or high voltage from the sensor. X P0710
HA
BATT/FLUID TEMP ATF TEMP SEN/
SEN CIRC
TCM (RAM) 쐌 TCM memory (RAM) is malfunc- SC

tioning. — —
CONTROL UNIT
—
(RAM) EL
TCM (ROM) 쐌 TCM memory (ROM) is malfunc-
tioning. — —
CONTROL UNIT
—
IDX
(ROM)
AT-41

Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
Available by
malfunction
O/D OFF
indicator lamp*2,
SULT-II or GST
TCM (EEP ROM) 쐌 TCM memory (EEP ROM) is mal-

functioning. — —
CONT UNIT (EEP
—
ROM)
Initial start 쐌 This is not a malfunction mes-

sage (Whenever shutting off a
X —
INITIAL START power supply to the TCM, this
— message appears on the screen.)
No failure 쐌 No failure has been detected.

(NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDI-
X X
CATED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED**)
X: Applicable
ProCarManuals.com
—: Not applicable
*1: These malfunctions cannot be displayed by MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
*2: Refer to EC-100 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-771 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1435 (SR20DE), “Malfunction Indi-
cator Lamp (MIL)”.
DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T) NIAT0023S03
Monitor item
Item Display TCM input Main sig- Description Remarks
signals nals
Vehicle speed sensor 1 VHCL/S SE·A/T 쐌 Vehicle speed computed When racing engine in “N”
(A/T) [km/h] or [mph] from signal of revolution or “P” position with vehicle
(Revolution sensor) X — sensor is displayed. stationary, CONSULT-II
data may not indicate 0
km/h (0 mph).
Vehicle speed sensor 2 VHCL/S SE·MTR 쐌 Vehicle speed computed Vehicle speed display may
(Meter) [km/h] or [mph] from signal of vehicle not be accurate under
speed sensor is dis- approx. 10 km/h (6 mph).
X —
played. It may not indicate 0 km/h
(0 mph) when vehicle is
stationary.
Throttle position sensor THRTL POS SEN 쐌 Throttle position sensor

[V] X — signal voltage is dis-
played.
A/T fluid temperature sen- FLUID TEMP SE 쐌 A/T fluid temperature

sor [V] sensor signal voltage is
X — displayed.
쐌 Signal voltage lowers as
fluid temperature rises.
Battery voltage BATTERY VOLT 쐌 Source voltage of TCM

X —
[V] is displayed.
AT-42
Monitor item
Item Display Description Remarks
TCM input Main sig- GI
signals nals
Engine speed ENGINE SPEED 쐌 Engine speed, com- Engine speed display may
[rpm] puted from engine not be accurate under MA
speed signal, is dis- approx. 800 rpm. It may
X X
played. not indicate 0 rpm even
when engine is not run- EM
ning.
Overdrive control switch OVERDRIVE SW 쐌 ON/OFF state computed LC

[ON/OFF] X — from signal of overdrive
control SW is displayed.
PN position switch PN POSI SW 쐌 ON/OFF state computed EC

[ON/OFF] X — from signal of PN posi-
tion SW is displayed.
R position switch R POSITION SW 쐌 ON/OFF state computed

FE
[ON/OFF] X — from signal of R position
SW is displayed.
CL
D position switch D POSITION SW 쐌 ON/OFF state computed
[ON/OFF] X — from signal of D position
SW is displayed. MT
ProCarManuals.com
2 position switch 2 POSITION SW 쐌 ON/OFF status, com-

[ON/OFF] puted from signal of 2
X —
position SW, is dis-
played.
1 position switch 1 POSITION SW 쐌 ON/OFF status, com- AX

[ON/OFF] puted from signal of 1
X —
position SW, is dis-
played.
SU
ASCD cruise signal ASCD CRUISE 쐌 Status of ASCD cruise 쐌 This is displayed even
[ON/OFF] signal is displayed. when no ASCD is
X — ON ... Cruising state mounted. BR
OFF ... Normal running
state
ASCD OD cut signal ASCD OD CUT 쐌 Status of ASCD OD 쐌 This is displayed even
ST
[ON/OFF] release signal is dis- when no ASCD is
X — played. mounted.
ON ... OD released RS
OFF ... OD not released
Kickdown switch KICKDOWN SW 쐌 ON/OFF status, com- 쐌 This is displayed even BT

[ON/OFF] puted from signal of when no kickdown
X —
kickdown SW, is dis- switch is equipped.
played.
HA
Closed throttle position CLOSED 쐌 ON/OFF status, com-
switch THL/SW puted from signal of
X —
[ON/OFF] closed throttle position SC
SW, is displayed.
Wide open throttle position W/O THRL/P-SW 쐌 ON/OFF status, com-

switch [ON/OFF] puted from signal of
EL
X —
wide open throttle posi-
tion SW, is displayed.
IDX
Gear position GEAR 쐌 Gear position data used
— X for computation by TCM,
is displayed.
AT-43
Monitor item
Item Display TCM input Main sig- Description Remarks
signals nals
Selector lever position SLCT LVR POSI 쐌 Selector lever position 쐌 A specific value used for
data, used for computa- control is displayed if
— X
tion by TCM, is dis- fail-safe is activated due
played. to error.
Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED 쐌 Vehicle speed data,

[km/h] or [mph] — X used for computation by
TCM, is displayed.
Stop lamp switch BRAKE SW 쐌 ON/OFF status are dis-

[ON/OFF] played.
ON: Brake pedal is
X —
depressed.
OFF: Brake pedal is
released.
Throttle position THROTTLE POSI 쐌 Throttle position data, 쐌 A specific value used for
[/8] used for computation by control is displayed if
— X
TCM, is displayed. fail-safe is activated due
to error.
Line pressure duty LINE PRES DTY 쐌 Control value of line

ProCarManuals.com
[%] pressure solenoid valve,

— X computed by TCM from
each input signal, is dis-
played.
Torque converter clutch TCC S/V DUTY 쐌 Control value of torque

solenoid valve duty [%] converter clutch sole-
— X noid valve, computed by
TCM from each input
signal, is displayed.
Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT S/V A 쐌 Control value of shift Control value of solenoid
[ON/OFF] solenoid valve A, com- is displayed even if sole-
— X puted by TCM from noid circuit is discon-
each input signal, is dis- nected.
played. The “OFF” signal is dis-
played if solenoid circuit is
Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT S/V B 쐌 Control value of shift shorted.
[ON/OFF] solenoid valve B, com-
— X puted by TCM from
each input signal, is dis-
played.
Overrun clutch solenoid OVERRUN/C S/V 쐌 Control value of overrun

valve [ON/OFF] clutch solenoid valve
— X computed by TCM from
each input signal is dis-
played.
Self-diagnosis display SELF-D DP LMP 쐌 Control status of O/D

lamp [ON/OFF] — X OFF indicator lamp is
(O/D OFF indicator lamp) displayed.
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
AT-44
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II NIAT0023S04
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
NIAT0023S0401
GI
2. Connect CONSULT-II to Data link connector which is located
in left side lower dash panel. MA
EM
LAT136 LC
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Touch “START”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT586J
5. Touch “A/T”.
AX
SU
BR
SAT014K
6. Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT971J
7. Touch select item menu (1ST, 2ND, etc.). SC
EL
IDX
SAT018K
AT-45
SAT589J
9. Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-

CEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT019K
쐌 When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen

changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
SAT591J
10. Stop vehicle. If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may

exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
SAT592J
SAT593J
AT-46
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance
with instructions displayed.
GI
MA
EM
SAT594J LC
12. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT595J
13. CONSULT-II procedure ended.

If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist. Go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
AX
SU
BR
SAT596J
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT593J
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE NIAT0023S05

SC
DTC work support item Description Check items (Possible cause)
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be con- EL
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
firmed.
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
1ST GR FNCTN P0731 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con-
쐌 Each clutch IDX
ducted or not)
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
AT-47
DTC work support item Description Check items (Possible cause)
Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be con-
firmed. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
2ND GR FNCTN P0732 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con- 쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not) 쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be con-
firmed. 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
3RD GR FNCTN P0733 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con- 쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not) 쐌 Hydraulic control circuit

Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be con-
firmed.
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
4TH GR FNCTN P0734 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con-
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
ducted or not)
쐌 Each clutch
Following items for “A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) (P0744)”

쐌 Torque converter clutch sole-
can be confirmed.
noid valve
TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con-
쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not)
ProCarManuals.com
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITHOUT CONSULT-II NIAT0023S06

OBD-II Self-diagnostic Procedure (With GST) NIAT0023S0601
Refer to EC-121 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-792
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1455 (SR20DE), “Generic Scan
Tool (GST)”.
OBD-II Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools) NIAT0023S0602

Refer to EC-100 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-771
[QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1435 (SR20DE), “Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)”.
AT-48
TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools) NIAT0023S0603
Preparation
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. GI
2. Connect the handy type vacuum pump to the throttle opener
and apply vacuum −25.3 kPa (−190 mmHg, −7.48 inHg).
MA
3. Disconnect the throttle position switch harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
5. Check continuity of the closed throttle position switch. EM
Continuity should exist.
(If continuity does not exist, check throttle opener and
SAT491J
closed throttle position switch. Then increase vacuum
LC
until closed throttle position switch shows continuity.)
6. Go to test group 1, “CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP”, EC
AT-50.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
LAT153
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-49
1 CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP

1. Move A/T selector lever in “P” position.
Start the engine.
Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
3. Wait 5 seconds.
SAT967I
(Do not start engine.)
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
ProCarManuals.com
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On”, AT-216.
AT-50
2 JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1

2. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” position.
3. Move A/T selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. MA
5. Depress and hold overdrive control switch in “OFF” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”) until directed to
release the switch.
If O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on, go to “21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control
EM
and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks)” on AT-254.
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT968I MT
ProCarManuals.com

8. Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
9. Wait 2 seconds.
10. Move A/T selector lever to “2” position.
11. Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”). AX
12. Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”) until directed to release the
switch.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT969I
BT
䊳 GO TO 3.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-51
3 JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2

1. Move A/T selector lever to “1” position.
2. Release the overdrive control switch.
3. Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”).
4. Depress and release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
5. Depress and hold the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”) until directed to release the
switch.
SAT970I
6. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT981F
7. Release the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will begin to flash “ON” and “OFF”).
䊳 GO TO 4.
4 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE

Check O/D OFF indicator lamp. Refer to “Judgement of Self-diagnosis Code”, AT-53.
LAT154
䊳 DIAGNOSIS END
AT-52
Judgement of Self-diagnosis Code NIAT0023S0604
O/D OFF indicator lamp: GI

All judgement flickers are the same. 1st judgement flicker is longer than others.
MA
EM
LC
SAT437F EC
SAT436F Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK. ⇒ Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION
SENSOR), AT-121. FE
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others. 3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SAT439F SAT441F
Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Throttle position sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR, AT-205. ⇒ Go to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR, AT-186. SU
4th judgement flicker is longer than others. 5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
BR
ST
RS
SAT445F BT
Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
SAT443F ⇒ Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B, AT-182.
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A, AT-178.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-53
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
SAT447F SAT449F
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited
nected. or disconnected.
⇒ Go to OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE, AT-194. ⇒ Go to TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE, AT-158.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT453F
Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
SAT451F
⇒ Go to ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL, AT-126.
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power
source circuit is damaged.
⇒ Go to DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE), AT-198.
10th judgement flicker is longer than others. Flickers as shown below.
SAT457F
SAT455F Battery power is low.
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
nected. Battery is connected conversely.
⇒ Go to LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE, AT-173. (When reconnecting TCM connectors. — This is not a problem.)
AT-54
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
Lamp comes on. GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT367J EC
PNP switch, overdrive control switch or throttle position switch
circuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged.
⇒ Go to 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, FE
Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit
Checks), AT-254.
t1 = 2.5 seconds t2 = 2.0 seconds t3 = 1.0 second t4 = 1.0 second CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-55
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction
Introduction NIAT0024
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, throttle
position sensor or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up
control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is
capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can
store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
AAT473A
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good
operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve
malfunction, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only, may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-60.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with
a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
ProCarManuals.com
SAT632I
tomer can supply good information about such problems, espe-
cially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and
under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the
example (AT-58) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically
controlled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information.
SEF234G
AT-56
Introduction (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET =NIAT0024S01

Information from Customer
KEY POINTS
NIAT0024S0101
GI
WHAT ..... Vehicle & A/T model
WHEN..... Date, Frequencies MA
WHERE..... Road conditions
HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
EM
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. model Engine Mileage LC

Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency 쏔 Continuous 쏔 Intermittent ( times a day) EC

Symptoms 쏔 Vehicle does not move. (쏔 Any position 쏔 Particular position)
쏔 No up-shift (쏔 1st , 2nd 쏔 2nd , 3rd 쏔 3rd , O/D) FE

쏔 No down-shift (쏔 O/D , 3rd 쏔 3rd , 2nd 쏔 2nd , 1st)
쏔 Lockup malfunction CL
쏔 Shift point too high or too low.
쏔 Shift shock or slip (쏔 N , D 쏔 Lockup 쏔 Any drive position) MT

ProCarManuals.com
쏔 Noise or vibration
쏔 No kickdown
쏔 No pattern select
AX
쏔 Others
( )
O/D OFF indicator lamp Blinks for about 8 seconds. SU

쏔 Continuously lit 쏔 Not lit
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) 쏔 Continuously lit 쏔 Not lit BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-57
Diagnostic Worksheet =NIAT0024S0102
1. 쏔 Read the “FAIL-SAFE” and listen to customer complaints. AT-8
2. 쏔 CHECK A/T FLUID AT-62
쏔 Leakage (Follow specified procedure)

쏔 Fluid condition
쏔 Fluid level
3. 쏔 Perform STALL TEST and LINE PRESSURE TEST. AT-62, 66
쏔 Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
쏔 Torque converter one-way clutch 쏔 Low & reverse brake

쏔 Reverse clutch 쏔 Low one-way clutch
쏔 Forward clutch 쏔 Engine
쏔 Overrun clutch 쏔 Line pressure is low
쏔 Forward one-way clutch 쏔 Clutches and brakes except high clutch and
brake band are OK
쏔 Line Pressure test — Suspected parts:
4. 쏔 Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures. AT-67
4-1. Check before engine is started. AT-68
쏔 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.

ProCarManuals.com
쏔 PNP switch, AT-110.

쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-115.
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-121.
쏔 Engine speed signal, AT-126.
쏔 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-158.
쏔 Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-173.
쏔 Shift solenoid valve A, AT-178.
쏔 Shift solenoid valve B, AT-182.
쏔 Throttle position sensor, AT-186.
쏔 Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-194.
쏔 PNP, overdrive control and throttle position switches, AT-254.
쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-198.
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-205.
쏔 Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-209.
쏔 Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-211.
쏔 Battery
쏔 Others
4-2. Check at idle AT-69
쏔 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-216.

쏔 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” And “N” Position, AT-219.
쏔 3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-220.
쏔 4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-221.
쏔 5. Large Shock. “N” , “R” Position, AT-223.
쏔 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position, AT-225.
쏔 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position, AT-228.
AT-58
4. 4-3 Cruise test AT-72

(con (con AT-76
t’d) t’d) Part-1 GI
쏔 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-231.
쏔 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1, D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4, D2, AT-234.
쏔 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2,D3, AT-237. MA
쏔 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3,D4, AT-240.
쏔 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-243.
쏔 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-245. EM
쏔 14. Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-247.
쏔 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4, D3), AT-248.
LC
Part-2 AT-80
쏔 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1, AT-250.

쏔 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1, D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4, D2, AT-234. EC
4. 4-3 Part-3 AT-82

FE
(con .
t’d) (con 쏔 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4,D3 When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” , “OFF”, AT-251.
t’d) 쏔 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3), AT-248. CL
쏔 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3,22, When Selector Lever “D” , “2” Position, AT-252.
쏔 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D2), AT-248.
쏔 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22,11, When Selector Lever “2” , “1” Position, AT-253. MT
ProCarManuals.com
쏔 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-254.

쏔 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
쏔 PNP switch, AT-110.

쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-115.
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-121.
쏔 Engine speed signal, AT-126. AX
쏔 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-158.
쏔 Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-173.
쏔 Shift solenoid valve A, AT-178. SU
쏔 Shift solenoid valve B, AT-182.
쏔 Throttle position sensor, AT-186.
쏔 Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-194. BR
쏔 PNP, overdrive control and throttle position switches, AT-254.
쏔 A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-198.
쏔 Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-205.
쏔 Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-209.
ST
쏔 Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-211.
쏔 Battery
쏔 Others RS
5. 쏔 For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts. AT-40
6. 쏔 Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures. AT-67 BT

7. 쏔 Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for following MIL indicating items and check out NG items. EC section
Refer to EC-86 [QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)], EC-758 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1422 (SR20DE), HA
“Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
쏔 DTC (P0731) A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION, AT-130.

쏔 DTC (P0732) A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION, AT-137. SC
쏔 DTC (P0733) A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION, AT-143.
쏔 DTC (P0734) A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION, AT-149.
쏔 DTC (P0744) A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP), AT-162. EL
8. 쏔 Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged AT-103
parts. AT-86
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible
IDX
symptoms and the component inspection orders.)
9. 쏔 Erase DTC from TCM and ECM memories. AT-37
AT-59
Work Flow
Work Flow NIAT0025

HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR NIAT0025S01
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In
general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or
conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, “Information from Customer” (AT-57) and “Diagnostic Worksheet”
(AT-58), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
WORK FLOW CHART NIAT0025S02
ProCarManuals.com
WAT300
*1: AT-57 *6: AT-67 *11: AT-211

*2: AT-58 *7: AT-39 *12: AT-216
*3: AT-8 *8: AT-35 *13: AT-254
*4: AT-62 *9: AT-53 *14: AT-86
*5: AT-62, 66 *10: AT-110 *15: AT-37
AT-60
Work Flow (Cont’d)
*16: AT-110
*17: AT-211
*18: EC-86 [QG18DE (except. Calif. CA
Model)],EC-758 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
GI
Model)], EC-1422 (SR20DE),
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
A/T Fluid Check
A/T Fluid Check NIAT0026

FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK NIAT0026S01
1. Clean area suspected of leaking. — for example, mating sur-
face of converter housing and transmission case.
2. Start engine, apply foot brake, place selector lever in “D” posi-
tion and wait a few minutes.
3. Stop engine.
SAT767B
4. Check for fresh leakage.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT288G
FLUID CONDITION CHECK NIAT0026S02
Fluid color Suspected problem
Dark or black with burned odor Wear of frictional material
Milky pink Water contamination — Road water

entering through filler tube or breather
Varnished fluid, light to dark brown Oxidation — Over or under filling, —

and tacky Overheating
SAT638A
FLUID LEVEL CHECK NIAT0026S03
Refer to MA-36, “Checking A/T Fluid”.
Stall Test NIAT0027

STALL TEST PROCEDURE NIAT0027S01
1. Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add.
2. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach
operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature:
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
SAT647B
AT-62
Stall Test (Cont’d)
3. Set parking brake and block wheels.
4. Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
쐌 It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine GI
rpm on indicator.
MA
EM
SAT513G LC
5. Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D
position.
6. Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot
EC
brake.
7. Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately FE
release throttle.
쐌 During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds. CL
Stall revolution:
QG18DE: 2,350 - 2,800 rpm
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT514G SR20DE: 2,350 - 2,850 rpm

8. Move selector lever to “N” position.
9. Cool off ATF.
쐌 Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in “2”, “1” and “R”
positions. AX
SU
BR
SAT771B
JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST

The test result and possible damaged components relating to each
NIAT0027S02 ST
result are shown in the illustrations on next page.
In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, follow the RS
“Work Flow” shown in AT-60.
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in “D”, “2” or “1” position: BT
쐌 Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears. .....
Low one-way clutch slippage
쐌 Slippage occurs in the following gears: HA
1st through 3rd gears in “D” position and engine brake func-
tions with overdrive control switch set to “OFF”.
1st and 2nd gears in “2” position and engine brake functions SC
with accelerator pedal released (fully closed throttle). ..... For-
ward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
EL
Stall revolution is too high in R position:
쐌 Engine brake does not function in “1” position. ..... Low &
reverse brake slippage IDX
쐌 Engine brake functions in “1” position. ..... Reverse clutch slip-
page
Stall revolution within specifications:
쐌 Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50
AT-63
MPH). ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnor-
mally.
쐌 Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in “D” position. ..... High
clutch slippage
쐌 Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in “D” position. ..... Brake
band slippage
쐌 Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in “D”
position, 2nd gear in “2” position, and 1st gear in “1” position
with overdrive control switch set to “OFF”.
Stall revolution less than specifications:
쐌 Poor acceleration during starts. ..... One-way clutch seizure in
torque converter
ProCarManuals.com
AT-64
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT871HA
AT-65
Line Pressure Test
Line Pressure Test NIAT0028

LINE PRESSURE TEST PORTS NIAT0028S01
Location of line pressure test ports are shown in the illustration.
쐌 Always replace pressure plugs as they are self-sealing
bolts.
SAT561J
LINE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE NIAT0028S02

1. Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid or
oil.
2. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until engine oil and ATF
reach operating temperature.
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
ProCarManuals.com
SAT647B
3. Install pressure gauge to corresponding line pressure port.
AAT898
4. Set parking brake and block wheels.

쐌 Continue to depress brake pedal fully while line pressure
test is being performed at stall speed.
SAT513G
5. Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
쐌 When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
Refer to “Line Pressure”, AT-379.
SAT493G
AT-66
Line Pressure Test (Cont’d)
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST NIAT0028S03
Judgement Suspected parts GI

Line pressure is low in all positions. 쐌 Oil pump wear
쐌 Control piston damage
쐌 Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking MA
쐌 Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged
쐌 Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve
쐌 Clogged strainer EM
Line pressure is low in particular 쐌 Fluid pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch
position. 쐌 For example, line pressure is:
− Low in “R” and “1” positions, but
LC
At idle − Normal in “D” and “2” positions.
Therefore, fluid leakage exists at or around low and reverse brake circuit.
Refer to “CLUTCH AND BAND CHART”, AT-19. EC
Line pressure is high. 쐌 Maladjustment of throttle position sensor
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor damaged FE
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
쐌 Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
쐌 Pressure modifier valve sticking
쐌 Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
CL
쐌 Open in dropping resistor circuit
Line pressure is low. 쐌 Maladjustment of throttle position sensor MT

ProCarManuals.com
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve sticking

At stall 쐌 Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
speed 쐌 Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
쐌 Pressure modifier valve sticking
쐌 Pilot valve sticking
AX
SU
BR
Road Test NIAT0029 ST

DESCRIPTION NIAT0029S01
쐌 The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of
A/T and analyze causes of problems. RS
쐌 The road test consists of the following three parts:
1. Check before engine is started
BT
2. Check at idle
3. Cruise test
HA
SAT786A
쐌 Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures SC

and items to check.
쐌 Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test. EL
Refer to “ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION”, AT-35 - 53 and “TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
FOR SYMPTOMS”, AT-216 - 254. IDX
SAT496G
AT-67
Road Test (Cont’d)
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED =NIAT0029S02

1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
SAT967I
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
ProCarManuals.com
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Stop ROAD TEST. Go to “1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On”, AT-216.

Does O/D OFF indicator lamp flicker for about 8 seconds?
LAT154
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Perform self-diagnosis and check NG items on the “Diagnostic Worksheet”, AT-58. Refer
to “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
No 䊳 1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items.
Refer to “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
3. Go to “2. CHECK AT IDLE”, AT-69.
AT-68
2. CHECK AT IDLE =NIAT0029S03
1 CHECK ENGINE START GI

MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT769B
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. FE
4. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No CL
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “2. Engine Cannot Be Started MT
ProCarManuals.com
In “P” and “N” Position”, AT-219. Continue ROAD TEST.
2 CHECK ENGINE START

1. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” position.
2. Move A/T selector lever to “D”, “1”, “2” or “R” position. AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT770B RS
3. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
4. Is engine started?
Yes or No
BT
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “2. Engine Cannot Be Started
In “P” and “N” Position”, AT-219. Continue ROAD TEST. HA
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-69
3 CHECK VEHICLE MOVE

SAT768B
3. Release parking brake.
䊳 GO TO 4.

1. Push vehicle forward or backward.
2. Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?
ProCarManuals.com
SAT796A
3. Apply parking brake.
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “3. In “P” Position, Vehicle
Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed”, AT-220. Continue ROAD TEST.
No 䊳 GO TO 5.
AT-70

1. Start engine. GI
2. Move A/T selector lever to “N” position.
MA
EM
LC
SAT771B
EC
3. Release parking brake.
4. Does vehicle move forward or backward?
FE
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “4. In “N” Position, Vehicle
Moves”, AT-221. Continue ROAD TEST. CL
No 䊳 GO TO 6.
MT
ProCarManuals.com
6 CHECK SHIFT SHOCK

1. Apply foot brake.
AX
SU
BR
SAT797A
2. Move A/T selector lever to “R” position.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT772B SC
3. Is there large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position?
Yes or No
EL
Yes 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “5. Large Shock “N” , “R”
Position”, AT-223. Continue ROAD TEST.
No 䊳 GO TO 7. IDX
AT-71

1. Release foot brake for several seconds.
SAT799A
2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 8.
No 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep
Backward In “R” Position”, AT-225. Continue ROAD TEST.

ProCarManuals.com
1. Move A/T selector lever to “D”, “2” and “1” positions and check if vehicle creeps forward.
SAT773B
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Go to 3. CRUISE TEST, AT-72.
No 䊳 Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go to “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep
Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position”, AT-228. Continue ROAD TEST.
3. CRUISE TEST NIAT0029S04

쐌 Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.
With CONSULT-II NIAT0029S0401
쐌 Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
쐌 Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place
as per Shift Schedule.
SAT601J
AT-72
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure NIAT0029S0402
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to Data link connector which is located GI
in left side lower dash panel.
MA
EM
LAT136 LC
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT586J
5. Touch “A/T”.
AX
SU
BR
SAT014K
6. Touch “DATA MONITOR”.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT971J
7. Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” or “TCM INPUT SIGNALS”. SC

8. See “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph
Display”.
EL
IDX
SAT175K
AT-73
9. Touch “SETTING” to recording condition (“AUTO TRIG” or
“MANU TRIG”) and touch “BACK”.
SAT973J
11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT134K
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
SAT135K
13. Touch “STORE” and touch “BACK”.
SAT987J
SAT974J
AT-74
14. Touch “DISPLAY”.
15. Touch “PRINT”.
16. Check the monitor data printed out. GI
17. Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.
MA
EM
SAT975J LC
Without CONSULT-II NIAT0029S0403
쐌 Throttle position sensor can be checked by voltage across EC
terminals 41 and 42 of TCM.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT360
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-75
Cruise Test — Part 1 =NIAT0029S0404
1 CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1) POSITION

1. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes to warm engine oil and ATF up to operating temperature.
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
3. Set overdrive control switch to “ON” position.
SAT001J
5. Start engine.
6. Move A/T selector lever to “D” position.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT775B
7. Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal halfway.
SAT495G
8. Does vehicle start from D1?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1”, AT-231. Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-76
2 CHECK SHIFT UP (D1 TO D2)

Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed? GI
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D1 to D2:
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-378. MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT954I
Yes or No
FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 3.
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-234. Con-
tinue ROAD TEST. CL
3 CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3) MT

ProCarManuals.com
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?

Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-378.
AX
SU
BR
SAT955I
ST
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 4.
RS
No 䊳 Go to “10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3”, AT-237. Continue ROAD TEST.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-77

SAT956I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 5.
5 CHECK LOCK-UP (D4 TO D4 L/U)

ProCarManuals.com
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?

Read vehicle speed, throttle position when lock-up duty becomes 94%.
Specified speed when lock-up occurs:
Refer to Shift schedule, AT-378.
SAT957I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 6.
No 䊳 Go to “12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up”, AT-243. Continue ROAD TEST.
6 CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP

Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 7.
No 䊳 Go to “13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition”, AT-245.
AT-78
7 CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 L/U TO D4)

1. Release accelerator pedal. GI
2. Is lock-up released when accelerator pedal is released?
MA
EM
LC
SAT958I
Yes or No
EC
Yes 䊳 GO TO 8.
No 䊳 Go to “14. Lock-up Is Not Released”, AT-247. Continue ROAD TEST. FE
8 CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3) CL

1. Decelerate vehicle by applying foot brake lightly.
2. Does engine speed return to idle smoothly when A/T is shifted from D4 to D3?
MT
ProCarManuals.com
Read gear position and engine speed.
AX
SU
SAT959I
Yes or No BR
Yes 䊳 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to “Cruise Test — Part 2”, AT-80.
ST
No 䊳 Go to “15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-248.
Continue ROAD TEST.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-79
1 CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1) POSITION

1. Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position.
2. Confirm A/T selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
4. Does vehicle start from D1?
Read gear position.
SAT495G
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1”, AT-250. Continue ROAD TEST.
ProCarManuals.com
2 CHECK SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN (D3 TO D4 TO D2)

1. Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 MPH) as shown in illustration.
2. Release accelerator pedal and then quickly depress it fully.
3. Does A/T shift from D4 to D2 as soon as accelerator pedal is depressed fully?
Read gear position and throttle position.
SAT404H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 3.
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-234. Con-
tinue ROAD TEST.
AT-80

Refer to Shift schedule, AT-378. MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT960I
Yes or No
FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 4.
CL
4 CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4) AND ENGINE BRAKE
MT
ProCarManuals.com
Release accelerator pedal after shifting from D2 to D3.

Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 and does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
AX
SU
BR
SAT405H
ST
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to “Cruise Test — Part 3”, AT-82.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-81
1 VEHICLE SPEED D4 POSITION

1. Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position.
2. Confirm selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D4.
SAT812A
䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3)

ProCarManuals.com
1. Release accelerator pedal.
SAT813A
2. Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position while driving in D4.
3. Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)?
Read gear position and vehicle speed.
SAT999I
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 3.
No 䊳 Go to “17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 , D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” , “OFF”,
AT-251. Continue ROAD TEST.
AT-82
3 CHECK ENGINE BRAKE

Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake? GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT999I EC
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 4. FE
Continue ROAD TEST.
CL
4 CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D3 TO D2)
MT
ProCarManuals.com
1. Move A/T selector lever from “D” to “2” position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
2. Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to 22?
Read gear position.
AX
SU
BR
SAT791GA ST
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 5. RS
No 䊳 Go to “18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D2, When A/T Selector Lever “D” , “2” Position”,
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-83

Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
SAT791GA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 6.
Continue ROAD TEST.
6 CHECK SHIFT DOWN

ProCarManuals.com
1. Move A/T selector lever from “2” to “1” position while driving in 22.
2. Does A/T shift from 22 to 11 position?
Read gear position.
SAT778B
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 7.
No 䊳 Go to “19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 , 11, When A/T Selector Lever “2” , “1” Position”,
AT-84

Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake? GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT778B EC
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 1. Stop vehicle. FE
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
No 䊳 Go to “20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake”, AT-254. Continue ROAD
TEST. CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart NIAT0030

Numbers are arranged in order of inspection.
Perform inspections starting with number one and work up.
Reference Page
QG18DE
Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUT-

1. Ignition switch and starter ING” and SC-10, “STARTING SYS-
Engine cannot start in “P” TEM”
and “N” positions. ON vehicle
AT-219, 2. Control cable adjustment AT-272
3. PNP switch adjustment AT-272
Engine starts in position 1. Control cable adjustment AT-272

other than “N” and “P” posi-
ON vehicle
tions.
AT-219 2. PNP switch adjustment AT-272
1. Fluid level AT-62
2. Line pressure test AT-66

ProCarManuals.com
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

“DTC “DTC “DTC
3. Throttle position sensor P0120 P0120 P0120
(Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE
ON vehicle
POSITION POSITION POSITION
Transaxle noise in “P” and SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
Not Used “N” positions.
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205
speed sensor·MTR
5. Engine speed signal AT-126
6. Oil pump AT-299

OFF vehicle
7. Torque converter AT-282
Vehicle moves when chang-

ing into “P” position, or ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment AT-272
parking gear does not dis-
engage when shifted out of
“P” position. OFF vehicle 2. Parking components AT-277
AT-220
ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment AT-272

Vehicle moves in “N” posi- 2. Forward clutch AT-328
tion.
AT-221 OFF vehicle 3. Reverse clutch AT-319
4. Overrun clutch AT-328
AT-86
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
1. Control cable adjustment AT-272
2. Line pressure test AT-66 EM

ON vehicle
3. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-173
Vehicle will not run in “R”
position (but runs in “D”, “2” 4. Control valve assembly AT-303 LC
Slips/Will Not and “1” positions). Clutch
5. Reverse clutch AT-319
Engage slips.
Very poor acceleration. 6. High clutch AT-323 EC
AT-225
OFF vehicle 7. Forward clutch AT-328
8. Overrun clutch AT-328 FE

9. Low & reverse brake AT-335

CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-66

Vehicle braked when shift-
Not Used 5. Control valve assembly AT-303
ing into “R” position.
6. High clutch AT-323
AX
7. Brake band AT-348
OFF vehicle
8. Forward clutch AT-328
SU
EC-746, EC-1407, EC-71, BR

“Idle “Idle “Idle
Speed/ Speed/ Speed/
Ignition Ignition Ignition
1. Engine idling rpm Timing/ Timing/ Timing/ ST
Idle Mix- Idle Mix- Idle Mix-
ture Ratio ture Ratio ture Ratio
Adjust- Adjust- Adjust- RS
ment” ment” ment”
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196, BT

Sharp shock in shifting from ON vehicle (Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE
Shift Shock
“N” to “D” position. POSITION POSITION POSITION
HA
SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
3. Line pressure test AT-66 SC

4. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-115
5. Engine speed signal AT-126 EL

7. Control valve assembly AT-303 IDX

8. Accumulator N-D AT-303
AT-87
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
Vehicle will not run in “D” ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment AT-272
and “2” positions (but runs
in “1” and “R” positions). OFF vehicle 2. Low one-way clutch AT-277
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-173
4. Control valve assembly AT-303

Vehicle will not run in “D”,
“1”, “2” positions (but runs 5. Accumulator N-D AT-303
in “R” position). Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration. 6. Reverse clutch AT-319
AT-228
9. Forward one-way clutch AT-339

ProCarManuals.com
10. Low one-way clutch AT-277

Slips/Will Not
Engage 2. Control cable adjustment AT-272
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

ON vehicle POSITION POSITION POSITION

Clutches or brakes slip
somewhat in starting.
7. Accumulator N-D AT-303
OFF vehicle 10. Low & reverse brake AT-335
11. Oil pump AT-299
EC-746, EC-1407, EC-71,

Not Used Excessive creep. ON vehicle 1. Engine idling rpm Timing/ Timing/ Timing/
Adjust- Adjust- Adjust-
AT-88
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
ON vehicle 2. Line pressure test AT-66 EM

Slips/Will Not No creep at all. 3. Control valve assembly AT-303
Engage AT-225, 228 4. Forward clutch AT-328 LC
OFF vehicle 5. Oil pump AT-299
6. Torque converter AT-282 EC

2. Control cable adjustment AT-272 FE

3. Shift solenoid valve A AT-178
Failure to change gear from ON vehicle 4. Control valve assembly AT-303
CL
“D1” to “D2”.
(Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205 MT
ProCarManuals.com
speed sensor·MTR
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band AT-348
2. Control cable adjustment AT-272 AX

3. Shift solenoid valve B AT-182
ON vehicle
Failure to change gear from
4. Control valve assembly AT-303 SU
No Up Shift
“D2” to “D3”. 5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
speed sensor·MTR BR
OFF vehicle
7. Brake band AT-348 ST

RS
Failure to change gear from ON vehicle BT
“D3” to “D4”. (Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205
speed sensor·MTR
HA
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band AT-348 SC
EL
IDX
AT-89
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

Too high a gear change POSITION POSITION POSITION
point from “D1” to “D2”, from SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
“D2” to “D3”, from “D3” to ON vehicle
“D4”. 2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
Improper Shift AT-234, AT-237, AT-240 (Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205
Timing speed sensor·MTR

Gear change directly from ON vehicle
2. Accumulator servo release AT-303
“D1” to “D3” occurs.
ProCarManuals.com
EC-746, EC-1407, EC-71,

1. Engine idling rpm Timing/ Timing/ Timing/
Engine stops when shifting ON vehicle ture Ratio ture Ratio ture Ratio
Not Used lever into “R”, “D”, “2” and Adjust- Adjust- Adjust-
“1”. ment” ment” ment”
2. Torque converter clutch sole-

AT-158
noid valve
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter AT-282
AT-90
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,
1. Throttle position sensor P0120 P0120 P0120 EM
SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR” LC
Too sharp a shock in ON vehicle
change from “D1” to “D2”.
3. Accumulator servo release AT-303 EC
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-115 FE

EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

CL
(Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE MT
ProCarManuals.com

Shift Shock Too sharp a shock in SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
change from “D2” to “D3”. 2. Line pressure test AT-66

AX
OFF vehicle
SU
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,
1. Throttle position sensor P0120 P0120 P0120 BR
Too sharp a shock in ST
change from “D3” to “D4”. 2. Line pressure test AT-66
3. Control valve assembly AT-303 RS

OFF vehicle
5. Overrun clutch AT-339 BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-91
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

Almost no shock or clutches ON vehicle POSITION POSITION POSITION
slipping in change from “D1” SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
to “D2”.
4. Accumulator servo release AT-303
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

ProCarManuals.com

ON vehicle (Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE
Slips/Will Not Almost no shock or slipping
Engage in change from “D2” to “D3”.

OFF vehicle
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

ON vehicle (Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE
Almost no shock or slipping
in change from “D3” to “D4”.

OFF vehicle
AT-92
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level AT-62
2. Reverse clutch AT-319 EM

Vehicle braked by gear
change from “D1” to “D2”. OFF vehicle
4. High clutch AT-323 LC
Vehicle braked by gear ON vehicle 1. Fluid level AT-62 EC

change from “D2” to “D3”. OFF vehicle 2. Brake band AT-348
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level AT-62 FE

Vehicle braked by gear 2. Overrun clutch AT-328
change from “D3” to “D4”. OFF vehicle 3. Forward one-way clutch AT-339
CL
Not Used MT
ProCarManuals.com
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A AT-178

AX
Maximum speed not
attained. Acceleration poor. SU
8. Brake band AT-348 BR

OFF vehicle
10. Oil pump AT-299 ST

RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-93
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

ON vehicle
Failure to change gear from 3. Overrun clutch solenoid
AT-194
“D4” to “D3”. valve

OFF vehicle
ProCarManuals.com
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

No Down Failure to change gear from SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
Shift “D3” to “D2” or from “D4” to
“D2”. 3. Shift solenoid valve A AT-178

OFF vehicle
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

Failure to change gear from
“D2” to “D1” or from “D3” to 3. Shift solenoid valve A AT-178
“D1”.
OFF vehicle 7. High clutch AT-323
AT-94
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,
Gear change shock felt dur-
Shift Shock ing deceleration by releas- ON vehicle
ing accelerator pedal. 2. Line pressure test AT-66
3. Overrun clutch solenoid

AT-194
EC
valve

FE
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,
1. Throttle position sensor P0120 P0120 P0120 CL
Too high a change point (Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE
from “D4” to “D3”, from “D3” ON vehicle POSITION POSITION POSITION
to “D2 ”, from “D2” to “D1”. SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR” MT
ProCarManuals.com

speed sensor·MTR
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

“DTC “DTC “DTC AX
Kickdown does not operate POSITION POSITION POSITION
when depressing pedal in SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
SU
ON vehicle
“D4” within kickdown vehicle
Improper Shift speed. 2. Revolution sensor and
AT-121, AT-205
Timing vehicle speed sensor BR
4. Shift solenoid valve B AT-182 ST

(Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205 RS
speed sensor·MTR
Kickdown operates or EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

engine overruns when “DTC “DTC “DTC BT
depressing pedal in “D4” ON vehicle 2. Throttle position sensor P0120 P0120 P0120
beyond kickdown vehicle (Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE
speed limit. POSITION POSITION POSITION HA

SC
EL
IDX
AT-95
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

Races extremely fast or ON vehicle POSITION POSITION POSITION
slips in changing from “D4” SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
to “D3” when depressing 3. Line pressure test AT-66
pedal.

OFF vehicle

ProCarManuals.com
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

Races extremely fast or ON vehicle SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
slips in changing from “D4”
to “D2” when depressing
Slips/Will Not pedal. 4. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-173
Engage

OFF vehicle
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

ON vehicle SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
Races extremely fast or
slips in changing from “D3” 3. Line pressure test AT-66
to “D2” when depressing 4. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-173
pedal.
AT-96
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196, EM

(Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE LC
Races extremely fast or SENSOR” SENSOR” SENSOR”
slips in changing from “D4” EC
or “D3” to “D1” when
depressing pedal. 4. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-173
5. Control valve assembly AT-303 FE

OFF vehicle 7. Forward one-way clutch AT-339

CL
Slips/Will Not
Engage
MT
ProCarManuals.com

ON vehicle

AX
Vehicle will not run in any 5. Oil pump AT-299
position. 6. High clutch AT-323
SU
OFF vehicle
BR
10. Parking components AT-277 ST

Transmission noise in “D”, ON vehicle 1. Fluid level AT-62
Not Used
“2”, “1” and “R” positions. OFF vehicle 2. Torque converter AT-282 RS
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196, BT

(Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE HA
Failure to change from “D3” ON vehicle 3. Overrun clutch solenoid SC
No Down to “22” when changing lever AT-194
valve
Shift into “2” position.
AT-252 4. Shift solenoid valve B AT-182 EL
6. Control valve assembly AT-303 IDX


OFF vehicle
AT-97
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
Improper Shift Gear change from “22” to

ON vehicle 1. PNP switch adjustment AT-272
Timing “23” in “2” position.
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

ON vehicle
Engine brake does not 4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
Not Used operate in “1” position. (Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205
AT-253 speed sensor·MTR

ProCarManuals.com

AT-194
valve

OFF vehicle
Improper Shift Gear change from “11” to 1. PNP switch adjustment AT-272
ON vehicle
Timing “12” in “1” position. 2. Control cable adjustment AT-272

speed sensor·MTR
ON vehicle
No Down Does not change from “12”
Shift to “11” in “1” position. 4. Control valve assembly AT-303

AT-194
valve

OFF vehicle
Large shock changing from ON vehicle 1. Control valve assembly AT-303

Shift Shock
“12” to “11” in “1” position. OFF vehicle 2. Low & reverse brake AT-335
AT-98
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
EC-746, EC-1407, EC-71, EM

Ignition Ignition Ignition LC
2. Engine idling rpm Timing/ Timing/ Timing/
Adjust- Adjust- Adjust-
EC
ON vehicle
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196, FE
(Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE CL
Not used Transaxle overheats.
4. Line pressure test AT-66 MT
ProCarManuals.com
7. Oil pump AT-299

AX

SU
OFF vehicle
BR

ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-99
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
ATF shoots out during 3. High clutch AT-323

operation. White smoke
emitted from exhaust pipe OFF vehicle
during operation. 5. Forward clutch AT-328

Not Used
3. Oil pump AT-299

Offensive smell at fluid
ProCarManuals.com

charging pipe. OFF vehicle
AT-100
Reference Page

QG18DE GI
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model) MA
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,
speed sensor·MTR
EC
Torque converter is not ON vehicle
locked up.
4. Engine speed signal AT-126
FE
CL

noid valve
AT-158 MT
ProCarManuals.com
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

AX
No Lockup “DTC “DTC “DTC
Engagement/ 2. Throttle position sensor P0120 P0120 P0120
TCC Inopera- (Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE SU
tive POSITION POSITION POSITION
Torque converter clutch pis- ON vehicle BR
ton slip. 3. Line pressure test AT-66

noid valve
AT-158 ST

RS
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,

BT
(Adjustment) THROTTLE THROTTLE THROTTLE HA
Lock-up point is extremely SC
high or low. ON vehicle 2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T
AT-243 (Revolution sensor) and vehicle AT-121, AT-205
speed sensor·MTR EL
AT-158
noid valve
IDX
AT-101
Reference Page
QG18DE
(Except
(Calif. CA SR20DE
Calif. CA
Model)
Model)
EC-871, EC-1529, EC-196,


ON vehicle
A/T does not shift to “D4” speed sensor·MTR
No Up Shift when driving with overdrive
control switch “ON”.
AT-194
valve

ProCarManuals.com

OFF vehicle

AT-158
noid valve
Engine is stopped at “R”,
Not Used ON vehicle
“D”, “2” and “1” positions. 3. Shift solenoid valve B AT-182
AT-102
TCM Terminals and Reference Value
TCM Terminals and Reference Value NIAT0033

PREPARATION
쐌 Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48
NIAT0033S01
GI
by following “TCM INSPECTION TABLE”.
MA
EM
SAT216J LC
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT NIAT0033S02
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT158
TCM INSPECTION TABLE NIAT0033S03

(Data are reference values.)
Judgement stan- AX
Terminal
Wire color Item Condition dard
No.
(Approx.)
SU
When releasing accelerator pedal
1.5 - 3.0V
Line pressure after warming up engine.
1 R/W
solenoid valve When depressing accelerator pedal BR
0V
fully after warming up engine.
Line pressure When releasing accelerator pedal

4 - 14V ST
solenoid valve after warming up engine.
2 P/B
(with dropping When depressing accelerator pedal
resistor) fully after warming up engine.
0V RS
When A/T performs lock-up. 8 - 15V
Torque converter BT
3 GY/R clutch solenoid
valve
When A/T does not perform lock-up. 0V
HA
5 *2 Y/R — — —
6 *2 Y/G — — —
SC
7 *2 Y/B — — —
8*2 BR/W — — — EL
9*2 G/Y — — —
When turning ignition switch to

Battery voltage
IDX
“ON”.
10 BR/R Power source
0V
“OFF”.
AT-103
TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
Judgement stan-
Terminal
No.
(Approx.)
When shift solenoid valve A oper-

ates. Battery voltage
Shift solenoid (When driving in “D1” or “D4”.)
11 L/W
valve A When shift solenoid valve A does
not operate. 0V
(When driving in “D2” or “D3”.)
When shift solenoid valve B oper-

ates. Battery voltage
Shift solenoid (When driving in “D1” or “D2”.)
12 L/Y
valve B When shift solenoid valve B does
not operate. 0V
(When driving in “D3” or “D4”.)
When setting overdrive control

0V
O/D OFF indica- switch in “OFF” position.
13 G/R
tor lamp When setting overdrive control
Battery voltage
switch in “ON” position.
15 *2 PU OBD-II — —
ProCarManuals.com
When releasing accelerator pedal

after warming up engine.
Battery voltage
Closed throttle Refer to “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
position switch PROCEDURE (No tools)”, AT-49.
16 Y/PU
(in throttle posi- When depressing accelerator pedal
tion switch) after warming up engine.
0V
Refer to “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (No tools)”, AT-49.
Wide open When depressing accelerator pedal

throttle position more than half-way after warming Battery voltage
17 LG switch up engine.
(in throttle posi- When releasing accelerator pedal
tion switch) 0V
after warming up engine.
When ASCD cruise is being per-

Battery voltage
formed. (“CRUISE” light comes on.)
ASCD cruise
18 OR When ASCD cruise is not being
switch
performed. (“CRUISE” light does 0V
not comes on.)
When turning ignition switch to Battery voltage

“ON”.
19 BR/R Power source
When turning ignition switch to 0V
“OFF”.
When overrun clutch solenoid valve

Battery voltage
operates.
Overrun clutch
20 L/B
solenoid valve
When overrun clutch solenoid valve
0V
does not operate.

Battery voltage
switch in “ON” position
Overdrive control
22 OR/B
switch
0V
switch in “OFF” position
AT-104
Judgement stan-
Terminal
No.
(Approx.) GI
When “ACCEL” set switch on ASCD
5 - 10V
ASCD OD cut
cruise is in “D4” position. MA
24 W/PU
signal
When “ACCEL” set switch on ASCD
Less than 2V
cruise is in “D3” position.
EM
25 B Ground — 0V
When setting selector lever to “1” LC

Battery voltage
PNP switch “1” position.
26 BR/Y
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions. EC
When setting selector lever to “2”
Battery voltage
position.
27 L
PNP switch “2” FE
0V
positions.
CL
Battery voltage
Power source “OFF”.
28 R/B (Memory back- or MT
ProCarManuals.com
up) When turning ignition switch to

Battery voltage
“ON”.
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH),

use the CONSULT-II pulse fre-
quency measuring function.*1 AX
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link 150Hz
29 W Revolution sensor cable to the vehicle diagnosis SU
connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used
to test this item. BR
Under 1.3V or
When vehicle parks.
over 4.5V
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-105
Judgement stan-
Terminal
No.
(Approx.)
Data link
30 *3 G/B — —
connector
Data link
31 *3 GY/L — —
connector

4.5 - 5.5V
Throttle position ″ON″.
32 R sensor
(Power source) When turning ignition switch to
0V
″OFF″.
When setting selector lever to “D”

Battery voltage
PNP switch “D” position.
34 W/G
0V
positions.
When setting selector lever to “R”

Battery voltage
PNP switch “R” position.
35 G/W
0V
positions.
ProCarManuals.com
When setting selector lever to “N”

Battery voltage
PNP switch “N” or or “P” position.
36 G
“P” position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
Refer to EC-154 [QG18DE (except

Engine speed Calif. CA Model)], EC-824 [QG18DE
39 L/OR —
signal (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1487
(SR20DE), “ECM Inspection Table”.
Voltage varies
Vehicle speed When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h between less
40 PU/R
sensor (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. than 1V and more
than 4.5V
Fully-closed
When depressing accelerator pedal throttle:
Throttle position slowly after warming up engine. 0.5 - 0.7V
41 GY
sensor (Voltage rises gradually in response Fully-open
to throttle position.) throttle:
4V
Throttle position
42 B sensor — 0V
(Ground)
When depressing brake pedal. Battery voltage

45 R/G Stop lamp switch
When releasing brake pedal. 0V
When ATF temperature is 20°C

1.5V
A/T fluid tempera- (68°F).
47 BR
ture sensor When ATF temperature is 80°C
0.5V
(176°F).
48 B Ground — 0V
*2: This terminal is connected to the ECM.

*3: These terminals are connected to the Data link connector.
AT-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN NIAT0034
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT113
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT338
AT-107
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure NIAT0330
1 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1

1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 GO TO 3.
2 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2

ProCarManuals.com
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.

2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 28 and ground.
LAT253
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28 (Main harness)
쐌 Fuse
쐌 Ignition switch
Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-108
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4 CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. GI
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to wiring diagram, AT-107.
Continuity should exist. MA
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END
EM
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-109
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Description
Description NIAT0035
쐌 The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range
switch.
쐌 The transmission range switch detects the selector lever posi-
tion and sends a signal to the TCM.
SAT088JA
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0035S02
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause)
: PNP SW/CIRC 쐌 Harness or connectors

TCM does not receive the correct voltage
(The PNP switch circuit is open or
signal from the switch based on the gear
: P0705 shorted.)
position.
쐌 PNP switch
ProCarManuals.com
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION

PROCEDURE NIAT0035S03
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-
II.
3) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)
With GST
SEF949Y Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-110
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW NIAT0036
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT114
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT339
AT-111
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “P/N”, “R”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check the signal of the selector lever position is indicated properly.
SAT701J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
ProCarManuals.com
NG 䊳 Check the following items:

쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-114.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse
AT-112
2 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II GI
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector lever through each posi- MA
tion.
Voltage:
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V
EM
LC
EC
MTBL0136 FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT425J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
BT
쐌 PNP switch HA
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness) SC
EL
IDX
AT-113
3 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-110.
OK or NG
NG 䊳 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
Component Inspection NIAT0038

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH NIAT0038S01
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 3 and between ter-
minals 2 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position Terminal No.
P 3—7 1—2
R 3—8
ProCarManuals.com
N 3—9 1—2
D 3—6
2 3—5
1 3—4
WAT159
2. If NG, check again with control cable disconnected from

manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
3. If OK on step 2, adjust control cable. Refer to AT-272.
4. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check con-
tinuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
5. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-272.
6. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
SAT089JA
AT-114
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM. GI
MA
EM
WAT237 LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT021J
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR

MODE NIAT0039S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification AX

(Approx.)
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5 kΩ

A/T fluid temperature sensor " " " SU
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3 kΩ
BR
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0039S03 ST

: ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 쐌 Harness or connectors RS

TCM receives an excessively low or high
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
voltage from the sensor.
: P0710 쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-115
Description (Cont’d)
CAUTION:
NOTE:
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continu-
ously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
With GST
ProCarManuals.com
SEF949Y
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-116
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS NIAT0040
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT115
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT340
AT-117
1 INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
ProCarManuals.com
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
AT-118
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (Without CONSULT-II)

1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage: MA
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT937J
4. Disconnect TCM harness connector. CL
5. Check continuity between terminal 42 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
SAT421J
BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. ST
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
RS
4 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-116. BT
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END HA
nector. SC
EL
IDX
AT-119
5 CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector in engine compartment.
3. Check resistance between terminals 6 and 7 when A/T is cold.
LAT160
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT- 䊳 GO TO 3.
II)
䊳
ProCarManuals.com
NG 1. Remove oil pan.

2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR NIAT0042S01
쐌 For removal, refer to AT-271.
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals while changing tem-
perature as shown at left.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance
(Approx.)
20 (68) 2.5 kΩ
SAT298F
80 (176) 0.3 kΩ
AT-120
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear park-
ing pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent GI
to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
MA
EM
SAT357H LC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) EC
: VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 쐌 Harness or connectors
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) FE
signal from the sensor.
: P0720 쐌 Revolution sensor
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-121
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
SAT014K the next test.
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
2) Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”
value increase.
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”, AT-206.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
3) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
II.
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-124.
SAT014K 5) Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive
seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
With GST
SEF949Y
AT-122
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T NIAT0044
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT116
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT341
AT-123
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
䊳
ProCarManuals.com
NG GO TO 2.
2 CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
WAT402
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor (Main harness). Refer to wiring diagram, AT-123.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
NG 䊳 GO TO 4.
AT-124
4 CHECK TCM INSPECTION

1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. GI
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-125
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Description
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause)
: ENGINE SPEED SIG TCM does not receive the proper voltage 쐌 Harness or connectors
: P0725 signal from ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

CAUTION:
NOTE:
the next test.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT014K
With CONSULT-II
With GST
SEF949Y
AT-126
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS NIAT0048
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT117
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT342
AT-127
1 CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Perform diagnostic test mode II (self- diagnostic results) for engine control. Check ignition signal circuit condition.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 2.
II)
NG 䊳 Check ignition signal circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-547 [QG18DE (except Calif.
CA Model)], EC-1228 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1899 (SR20DE), “DTC P1320
IGNITION SIGNAL”.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Read out the value of “ENGINE SPEED”.
Check engine speed changes according to throttle position.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT645J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
쐌 Resistor and ignition coil
Refer to EC-547 [QG18DE (except Calif. CA Model)], EC-1228 [QG18DE (Calif. CA
Model)], EC-1899 (SR20DE), “DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL”.
AT-128
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (Without CONSULT-II)

1. Start engine.
Voltage (Idle speed): MA
Refer to “TCM Terminals and Reference Value”, AT-103.
EM
LC
EC
FE
LAT162
OK or NG
CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM MT
ProCarManuals.com
쐌 Resistor and ignition coil

Model)], EC-1899 (SR20DE), “DTC P1320
IGNITION SIGNAL”.
AX
4 CHECK DTC
SU
OK or NG
BR
nector.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-129
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
Description
쐌 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
쐌 This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indi-
cator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
쐌 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
first gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC NIAT0050S02

This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
ProCarManuals.com
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (1st) supposed
by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than normal. In case the ratio
exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunc-
tion.
This malfunction will be caused when either shift solenoid valve A
is stuck open or shift solenoid valve B is stuck open.
Gear position supposed by TCM 1 2 3 4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions 1 2 3 4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck open 2* 2 3 3
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open 4* 3 3 4
*: P0731 is detected.
: A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A

A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
: P0731 position even if electrical circuit is good. 쐌 Each clutch
AT-130
CAUTION: GI
tachometer. MA
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- EM
SAT014K the next test. LC
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test. EC
With CONSULT-II FE
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II. CL
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 20 to 25 km/h (12 to 16 MPH) under the AX
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step SU
4)
BR
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 20 to 25 km/h (12 ST
to 16 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to RS
“Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-134.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the
following step. BT
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelera-
tor pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long HA
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for “ENGINE”. In case a
1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”. SC
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting EL
referring to the table below.)
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
IDX
No malfunction exists 1,2,3,4
AT-131
Malfunction for P0731 2,2,3,3

exists. 4,3,3,4
8) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer

to “Diagnostic Procedure”.)
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-134.
With GST
ProCarManuals.com
AT-132
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST =NIAT0051
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT118
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT343
AT-133
1 CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “Removal”, AT-271.
2. Check shift solenoid valve operation.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT163
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
AT-134
2 CHECK CONTROL VALVE

1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-303. GI
2. Check to ensure that:
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches. MA
쐌 Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
쐌 Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT367H
OK or NG CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly. MT
ProCarManuals.com
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG AX
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly. SU
BR
Component Inspection NIAT0053 ST

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A AND B NIAT0053S01
쐌 Refer to “Removal”, AT-271.
RS
Resistance Check NIAT0053S0101
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
BT
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
HA
valve A
Ground
Shift solenoid
valve B
1 5 - 20Ω SC
EL
IDX
WAT213
AT-135
Component Inspection (Cont’d)
Operation Check NIAT0053S0102
쐌 Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT163
AT-136
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
Description
self-diagnosis. GI
MA
second gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not
caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but EM
by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
LC
EC
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC NIAT0054S02 FE

Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B CL
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes MT
ProCarManuals.com
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (2nd) sup-
posed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than normal. In case the
ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis mal-
function.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck
open. AX
In case of gear position with no malfunctions 1 2 3 4 SU

In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open 4 3* 3 4
BR
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) ST
: A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear
쐌 Each clutch
: P0732 position even if electrical circuit is good.
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-137
CAUTION:
tachometer.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
of test.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
the fluid).
3) Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
4) Accelerate vehicle to 50 to 55 km/h (31 to 34 MPH)
–QG18DE–or 59 to 64 km/h (37 to 40 MPH)–SR20DE– under
the following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
SAT021J
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 50 to 55 km/h (31
to 34 MPH) –QG18DE–or 59 to 64 km/h (37 to 40
MPH)–SR20DE– until “TESTING” changes to “STOP
VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 sec-
onds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step.
tor pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
“TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
Vehicle condition
AT-138
Malfunction for P0732

4,3,3,4
GI
exists.
8) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer MA

to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to “Shift Schedule”, AT-378. EM
With GST
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-139
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND =NIAT0055

ProCarManuals.com
WAT119
WAT344
AT-140
1 CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE GI

쐌 Shift solenoid valve B MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
WAT164
OK or NG SU
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
BR
ST
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-303.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight. RS
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT367H IDX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
AT-141
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
NG 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B NIAT0057S01
Resistance
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
ProCarManuals.com
WAT165

WAT164
AT-142
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
Description
self-diagnosis. GI
MA
third gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by EM
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston
or brake band, etc. LC
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed) EC

FE
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows: CL
B: Engine speed signal from ECM MT
ProCarManuals.com

If the actual gear position is higher than the position (3rd) supposed
by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than normal. In case the ratio
exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunc-
tion.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve A is stuck AX
closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM 1 2 3 4 SU
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck closed 1 1 4* 4 BR

ST
: A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A

A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear
쐌 Each clutch
RS
position even if electrical circuit is good.
: P0733 쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-143
CAUTION:
tachometer.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
of test.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
the fluid).
3) Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
4) Accelerate vehicle to 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
4)
SAT021J 쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 70 to 85 km/h (43 to 53
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
following step.
tor pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
6) Stop vehicle.
Vehicle condition
No malfunction exists. 1,2,3,4
Malfunction for P0733 exists. 1,1,4,4
AT-144
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-147. GI
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-145
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD =NIAT0059

ProCarManuals.com
WAT120
WAT345
AT-146
1 CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE GI

쐌 Shift solenoid valve A MA
Refer to “Component Inspection” below.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
WAT166
OK or NG SU
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
BR
ST
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-303.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight. RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT367H IDX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve assembly.
AT-147
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NIAT0061S01
Resistance
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A
ProCarManuals.com
WAT167

WAT166
AT-148
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
Description
self-diagnosis. GI
MA
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by elec- EM
trical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter LC
clutch, etc.
EC
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) FE

MODE NIAT0062S01
CL
Specification
Monitor item Condition MT
ProCarManuals.com
(Approx.)
Small throttle opening

(Low line pressure) 24%
Line pressure solenoid valve duty " "
Large throttle opening 95%
(High line pressure) AX
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque SU
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor BR
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th) ST
supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much less than normal. In
case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this
diagnosis malfunction. RS
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck
closed.
BT

HA
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed 1 2 2 1*
*: P0734 is detected. SC
EL
: A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear
: P0734 position even if electrical circuit is good.
쐌 Each clutch
IDX
AT-149
CAUTION:
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
5 seconds before continuing.
tachometer.
NOTE:
SAT014K If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE-
the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
of test.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
the fluid).
3) Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
4) Accelerate vehicle to 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34 MPH)
–QG18DE–or 40 to 50 km/h (25 to 31 MPH)–SR20DE– under
the following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
SAT021J pletely.
4)
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 45 to 55 km/h (28 to 34
MPH) –QG18DE–or 40 to 50 km/h (25 to 31
MPH)–SR20DE–until “TESTING” has turned to “STOP
VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 sec-
onds.)
following step.
tor pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
6) Stop vehicle.
AT-150

Vehicle condition
GI
Malfunction for P0734 exists. 1,2,2,1

MA
to “Diagnostic Procedure”.)
Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-153. EM
With GST LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-151
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH NIAT0063

ProCarManuals.com
WAT458
WAT346
AT-152
1 CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4) GI

During “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-76), does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT988H
Yes or No FE
Yes 䊳 GO TO 9.
No 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
2 CHECK LINE PRESSURE

MT
ProCarManuals.com
Perform line pressure test.

Refer to AT-66.
AX
SU
BR
LAT236
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-153
3 CHECK SOLENOID VALVES

1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to “Removal”, AT-271.
2. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-157.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT168
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly.

1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to “Components”, AT-303.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Repair control valve.
AT-154

OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 9. MA
EM
6 CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to AT-271. LC
2. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-157.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
WAT170
OK or NG ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Replace solenoid valve assembly. RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-155

Refer to “Components”, AT-303.
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pressure modifier valve
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
ProCarManuals.com

Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 9.
No 䊳 Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
9 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
NG 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
AT-156
Component Inspection
Component Inspection =NIAT0065

SOLENOID VALVES
쐌 Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
NIAT0065S01
GI
Resistance Check
NIAT0065S0101
MA
Resistance
(Approx.) EM
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
valve A
LC
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
Line pressure
EC
4 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT169

AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT168
SC
EL
IDX
AT-157
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the
gear in “D4”, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston opera-
tion will then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid tempera-
ture is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is
a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
WAT237

MODE NIAT0066S01
Specification
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
Lock-up “OFF” 4%
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
" "
duty
Lock-up “ON” 94%

ProCarManuals.com
: TCC SOLENOID/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors

when it tries to operate the solenoid (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0740 valve. 쐌 T/C clutch solenoid valve

NOTE:
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
SAT014K 1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CON-
SULT-II and wait at least 1 second.
With GST
SEF949Y
AT-158
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV NIAT0067
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT122
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT347
AT-159
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE

3. Check resistance between terminal 5 and ground.
LAT171
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan. Refer to “Removal”, AT-271.
ProCarManuals.com
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

2 CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT

3. Check continuity between terminal 5 and TCM harness connector terminal 3.
LAT172
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-160

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVENIAT0069S01
GI
Resistance Check
NIAT0069S0101
MA
Resistance
(Approx.) EM
Torque converter
clutch solenoid 5 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT173

AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT174
SC
EL
IDX
AT-161
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)
Description
self-diagnosis.
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by elec-
trical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter
clutch, etc.
MODE NIAT0070S01
Specification
(Approx.)
Lock-up “OFF” 4%
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
" "
duty
Lock-up “ON” 94%
ProCarManuals.com
AT-162
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC LOGIC =NIAT0070S03

converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows: GI
B: Engine speed signal from ECM MA
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th)
supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much less than normal. In EM
case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this
diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck LC
closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM 1 2 3 4 EC
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed 1 2 2 1* FE

CL
: A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve MT

ProCarManuals.com
A/T cannot perform lock-up even if elec- 쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
: P0744 trical circuit is good. 쐌 Each clutch
AX
SU
BR

PROCEDURE ST
NIAT0070S04
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. RS
NOTE:
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition BT
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the HA
With CONSULT-II SC
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor EL
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm IDX
the fluid).
3) Select “TCC S/V FNCTN P0744” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
SAT971J
AT-163
4) Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and main-
tain the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has
turned to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds
after “TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE·A/T: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH) –QG18DE (Calif. CA Model) or 70 km/h (43 MPH)
–SR20DE
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
SAT021J
쐌 For “Shift Schedule”, refer to SDS, AT-378.
time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”. In case a 1st trip DTC
other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
With GST
ProCarManuals.com
AT-164
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG NIAT0071
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT459
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT348
AT-165

During “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-76), does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
SAT988H
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 10.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.

ProCarManuals.com
Perform line pressure test.

Refer to “Line Pressure Test”, AT-66.
LAT236
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-166

1. Disassemble control valve assembly. GI
Refer to “DISASSEMBLY”, AT-304.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight. MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT367H CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. MT
ProCarManuals.com

AX
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 5.
SU
5 CHECK DTC BR
OK or NG ST
NG 䊳 GO TO 10.CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION. RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-167
6 CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
2. Check line pressure solenoid valve operation.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT175
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.

2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pressure modifier valve
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
AT-168

Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 9. MA
EM
9 CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-163.
LC
OK or NG
NG 䊳 GO TO 10. And check for proper lock-up.
EC
10 CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION FE

During “Cruise Test − Part 1” (AT-76), does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SAT989H
Yes or No
SU
Yes 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test − Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
No 䊳 GO TO 11. BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-169
11 CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
2. Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve operation. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-172.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT176
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 12.

2. Check control valves for sticking.
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Torque converter clutch relief valve
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 13.
AT-170
13 CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION

Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed? GI
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 14. MA
EM
14 CHECK DTC
LC
OK or NG
NG 䊳 Perform “Cruise Test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-171

SOLENOID VALVES NIAT0073S01
Resistance
(Approx.)
Line pressure
4 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
Torque converter Ground

clutch solenoid 5 5 - 20Ω
valve
ProCarManuals.com
WAT177

WAT178
AT-172
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent GI
from the TCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line MA
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”. EM
WAT237 LC
MODE
NIAT0074S01 EC
Specification
(Approx.) FE
Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure) 24%
Line pressure solenoid valve duty " "
CL
Large throttle opening 95%
(High line pressure)
MT
ProCarManuals.com
NOTE:
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line pressure duty
cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position switch is “OFF”.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check items (Possible cause) AX
: L/PRESS SOL/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
: P0745 valve. 쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
SU
BR

PROCEDURE ST
NIAT0074S04
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCE- RS
the next test. BT
With CONSULT-II HA
SAT014K 1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. SC
2) Depress accelerator pedal completely and wait at least 1 sec-
ond.
With GST EL
IDX
SEF949Y
AT-173
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV NIAT0075

ProCarManuals.com
WAT460
WAT349
AT-174
1 CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE GI

3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground. MA
EM
LC
EC
LAT179 FE
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2. CL
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
MT
ProCarManuals.com


AX
3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 2. SU
BR
ST
RS
LAT180 BT
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. HA
쐌 Dropping resistor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-177. SC
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM terminal 2 and terminal cord assembly (Main
harness)
EL
IDX
AT-175

2. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 1.
LAT181
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
ProCarManuals.com
4 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-176

LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
NIAT0077S01
GI
Resistance Check
NIAT0077S0101
MA
Resistance
(Approx.) EM
Line pressure
4 Ground 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT182

AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT183
DROPPING RESISTOR NIAT0077S02

SC
Resistance:
10 - 15Ω
EL
IDX
SAT444J
AT-177
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Description
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
WAT237
: SFT SOL A/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
: P0750 쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
ProCarManuals.com
valve.

CAUTION:
NOTE:
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
2) Start engine.
3) Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift
“1” , “2” (“GEAR”).
With GST
SEF949Y
AT-178
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A NIAT0079
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT125
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT345
AT-179

LAT184
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-271.
ProCarManuals.com


LAT185
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-180

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
NIAT0081S01
GI
Resistance Check
NIAT0081S0101
MA
Resistance
(Approx.) EM
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT186

AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT187
SC
EL
IDX
AT-181
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Description
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
WAT237
: SFT SOL B/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
: P0755 쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
ProCarManuals.com
valve.

CAUTION:
NOTE:
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
2) Start engine.
3) Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift
1 , 2 , 3 (“GEAR”).
With GST
SEF949Y
AT-182
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B NIAT0083
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT126
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT344
AT-183

LAT188
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
ProCarManuals.com


LAT189
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-184

SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
NIAT0085S01
GI
Resistance Check
NIAT0085S0101
MA
Resistance
(Approx.) EM
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT190

AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT191
SC
EL
IDX
AT-185
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Description
쐌 Throttle position sensor
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position
and sends a signal to the TCM.
쐌 Throttle position switch
Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed
throttle position switch.
The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the
TCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full
throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a
LEC279 signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is fully closed.
MODE NIAT0086S01
Specification
(Approx.)
Fully-closed throttle 0.5V

Throttle position sensor
Fully-open throttle 4V

ProCarManuals.com
: TP SEN/CIRC A/T 쐌 Harness or connectors

TCM receives an excessively low or high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P1705 voltage from the sensor. 쐌 Throttle position sensor
AT-186
CAUTION: GI
NOTE:
MA
the next test.
EM
SAT014K malfunction is eliminated. LC
With CONSULT-II
1) Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following.
Refer to steps from 1 to 5 of “Preparation”, “TCM Self-diagnos- EC
tic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
2) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode FE
3) Check the following.
Accelerator pedal
CL
THRTL POS SEN CLOSED THL/SW W/O THRL/P·SW
condition
Fully released Less than 4.7V ON OFF MT

ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
Partially
0.1 - 4.6V OFF OFF
depressed
Fully depressed 1.9 - 4.6V OFF ON
If the check result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-189. AX

for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. SU
3 consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal com-
pletely.
BR
SAT014K
THRTL POS SEN: Approximately 3V or less ST
If the check result is NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, AT-189.
If the check result is OK, go to following step. RS
6) Maintain the following conditions for at least 3 consecutive
seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more BT
Accelerator pedal: Wide open throttle
With GST HA
SEF949Y Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-187
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS =NIAT0087

ProCarManuals.com
WAT461
WAT350
AT-188
1 CHECK DTC WITH ECM GI

Perform diagnostic test mode II (self-diagnostic results) for engine control.
Refer to EC-100 [QG18DE (except Calif. CA Model)], EC-771 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1435 (SR20DE),
“Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)”. MA
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 2. EM
II)
LC
NG 䊳 Check throttle position sensor circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-196 [QG18DE (except
Calif. CA Model)], EC-871 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], EC-1529 (SR20DE), “DTC P0120
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR”. EC
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)

FE
With CONSULT-II
1. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener then check the following. Refer to steps 1 through 5 of “TCM Self-diagnostic Pro-
cedure (No Tools)”, AT-49. CL
3. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. MT
ProCarManuals.com
4. Read out the value of “THRTL POS SEN”.

Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle:
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle:
Approximately 4V AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT614J RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. BT
NG 䊳 Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sen-
sor circuit. (Main harness)
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-189
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener then check the following. Refer to steps 1 through 5 of “TCM Self-diagnostic Pro-
cedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
3. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 and 42 while accelerator pedal is depressed slowly.
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle valve:
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle valve:
Approximately 4V
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position)
ProCarManuals.com
SAT453J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sen-
sor circuit. (Main harness)
AT-190
4 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II GI
1. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following. Refer to steps 1 through 5 of “TCM Self-diagnostic Pro-
4. Read out “CLOSED THL/SW” and “W/O THRL/P-SW” depressing and releasing accelerator pedal.
Check the signal of throttle position switch is indicated properly.
EM
LC
EC
MTBL0011
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT702J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
AX
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-193. SU
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position switch (Main
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness) BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-191
5 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following. Refer to steps 1 through 5 of “TCM Self-diagnostic Pro-
3. Check voltage between TCM terminals 16, 17 and ground while depressing, and releasing accelerator pedal slowly.
(After warming up engine)
WAT357
ProCarManuals.com
LAT192
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-193.
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness)
6 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-192

THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Closed Throttle Position Switch (Idle position)
NIAT0089S01
GI
NIAT0089S0101
쐌 Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6.
[Refer to “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.] MA
Accelerator pedal condition Continuity
Released Yes EM
Depressed No
LAT193 LC
쐌 To adjust closed throttle position switch, refer to EC-461
[QG18DE(exceptCalif.CAModel)],EC-1114[QG18DE(Calif.CA
Model)],EC-1773(SR20DE),“DTCP0510CLOSEDTHROTTLE EC
POSITION SWITCH”.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
Wide Open Throttle Position Switch NIAT0089S0102

Released No AX
Depressed Yes
SU
BR
LAT194
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-193
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the inhibitor switch, overdrive con-
trol switch, vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. The over-
run clutch operation will then be controlled.
WAT237
: O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop 쐌 Harness or connectors
: P1760 valve. 쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
ProCarManuals.com

CAUTION:
NOTE:
the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
SAT014K Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of
test.
With CONSULT-II
2) Start engine.
3) Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with “D” position (OD “ON”).
4) Release accelerator pedal completely with “D” position (OD
SEF949Y “OFF”).
With GST
AT-194
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV =NIAT0091
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT128
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT351
AT-195

LAT195
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
ProCarManuals.com


LAT196
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-196

OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
NIAT0093S01
GI
Resistance Check
NIAT0093S0101
MA
Resistance
(Approx.) EM
Overrun clutch
3 Ground 20 - 30Ω
solenoid valve
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT197

AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
WAT198
SC
EL
IDX
AT-197
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Description
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
WAT237
ProCarManuals.com
SAT021J

MODE NIAT0094S01
Specification
(Approx.)
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5 kΩ

A/T fluid temperature sensor " " "
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3 kΩ
: BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN 쐌 Harness or connectors

TCM receives an excessively low or high
voltage from the sensor.
: 8th judgement flicker 쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-198
POWER SOURCE)
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the GI
With CONSULT-II
MA
1) Start engine.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Drive vehicle under the following conditions: EM
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
SAT014K
Without CONSULT-II LC
1) Start engine.
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions: EC
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12
MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis. FE
Refer to TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools), AT-49.
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
AX
SU
BR
SAT335HC
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-199
POWER SOURCE)
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS NIAT0095

ProCarManuals.com
WAT129
WAT352
AT-200
POWER SOURCE)
1 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE GI

2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground. MA
Voltage:
Battery voltage
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. EM
Voltage:
Battery voltage LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT461J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM (Main harness)
AX
SU
2 CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. BR
3. Check resistance between terminals 6 and 7 when A/T is cold.
ST
RS
BT
HA
LAT200
4. Reinstall any part removed. SC
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) 䊳 GO TO 3. EL
II)
NG 䊳 1. Remove oil pan.
IDX
AT-201
POWER SOURCE)
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
ProCarManuals.com

쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main har-
ness)
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM
Model)], EC-1500 (SR20DE), “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY”.
AT-202
POWER SOURCE)
4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage: MA
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT463J
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. CL
Continuity should exist. MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
SAT464J BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. ST
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main har-
ness) RS
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM
Model)], EC-1500 (SR20DE), “TROUBLE BT
DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY”.
HA
5 CHECK DTC
SC
OK or NG
EL
nector.
IDX
AT-203
POWER SOURCE)

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR NIAT0097S01
쐌 Check resistance between two terminals while changing tem-
perature as shown at left.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance
20 (68) Approximately 2.5 kΩ
80 (176) Approximately 0.3 kΩ

SAT298F
ProCarManuals.com
AT-204
DTC VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Description
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer
assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revo- GI
lution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a
signal sent from the vehicle speed sensor·MTR.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
LAT199
AX
SU
BR
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC NIAT0098S02 ST

: VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR 쐌 Harness or connectors RS

TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from the sensor.
: 2nd judgement flicker 쐌 Vehicle speed sensor
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-205
CAUTION:
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
5 seconds before continuing.
With CONSULT-II
SAT014K
2) Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 16
MPH).
Without CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16
MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT971J
SAT329HA
AT-206
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR NIAT0099
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT130
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT353
AT-207
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·MTR” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
SAT614J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
ProCarManuals.com
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
LAT201
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor
Refer to EL-85, “METERS AND GAUGES”.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor (Main harness)
2 CHECK DTC
OK or NG
nector.
AT-208
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Description
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T. GI
MA
EM
SAT574J LC
Diagnostic Trouble Code No. Malfunction is detected when .... Check Item (Possible Cause) EC
: CONTROL UNIT (RAM), TCM memory (RAM) or (ROM) is mal-
쐌 TCM
CONTROL UNIT (ROM) functioning. FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com

NOTE:
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition AX
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
SU
for A/T with CONSULT-II. BR
SAT014K 2) Start engine.
3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT971J

SC
1 INSPECTION START (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II EL
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Touch “ERASE”.
䊳 GO TO 2.
IDX
AT-209
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
2 CHECK DTC
PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See above.
䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK DTC AGAIN

Is the “CONTROL UNIT (RAM)” or “CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Replace TCM.
No 䊳 INSPECTION END
ProCarManuals.com
AT-210
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
Description
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T. GI
MA
EM
SAT574J LC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when ... Check item (Possible cause) EC
: CONT UNIT (EEP ROM) TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunction-
쐌 TCM
ing. FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com

NOTE:
DURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition AX
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
SU
for A/T with CONSULT-II. BR
SAT014K 2) Start engine.
3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT971J
SC
EL
IDX
AT-211
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
1 CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds.
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes 䊳 Replace TCM.
No 䊳 INSPECTION END
ProCarManuals.com
AT-212
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC NIAT0105
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT131
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT354
AT-213
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
ProCarManuals.com
WAT530
WAT355
AT-214
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
WAT133
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT356
AT-215
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On =NIAT0106

SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds
when turning ignition switch to “ON”.
SAT466J
1 CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE

2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
Voltage: Battery voltage
ProCarManuals.com
SAT467J
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM (Main harness) Refer to
“Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN”, AT-107.
쐌 Ignition switch and fuse Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.
AT-216
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
2 CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

3. Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT468J
Continuity should exist. FE
OK or NG
CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Refer
to “Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN”, AT-107. MT
ProCarManuals.com
3 CHECK LAMP CIRCUIT

2. Check resistance between TCM terminals 13 and 10.
AX
SU
BR
ST
LAT202
RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. BT
쐌 O/D OFF indicator lamp. HA
Refer to EL-85, “METERS AND GAUGES”.
쐌 Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator
lamp (Main harness) SC
쐌 Harness for short or open between O/D OFF indicator lamp and TCM.
EL
IDX
AT-217
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.
ProCarManuals.com
AT-218
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N”

Position
SYMPTOM:
=NIAT0107
GI
쐌 Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N”
position. MA
쐌 Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “2”, “1”
or “R” position.
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
EM
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit? LC
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-110.
AX
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK PNP SWITCH INSPECTION

SU
Check for short or open of PNP switch harness connector terminals 1 and 2.
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-114. BR
ST
RS
BT
WAT203 HA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. SC
NG 䊳 Repair or replace PNP switch.
EL
3 CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-10, “STARTING SYSTEM”.
IDX
OK or NG
AT-219
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or

Backward When Pushed =NIAT0108
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with
selector lever in “P” position.
1 CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components. Refer to “Parking Pawl Components”, AT-277.
SAT282F
OK or NG
ProCarManuals.com
AT-220
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves =NIAT0109

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” posi- GI
tion.
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT MA
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
EM
Without CONSULT-II
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J
Yes or No MT
ProCarManuals.com

No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK CONTROL CABLE AX

Check control cable. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”, AT-272.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT023JB
OK or NG
BT
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Adjust control cable. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”, AT-272.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-221
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves (Cont’d)
3 CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level again.
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
4 CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 1. Disassemble A/T.
쐌 Forward clutch assembly
쐌 Overrun clutch assembly
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.
AT-222
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position =NIAT0110

SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position. GI
1 CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor, line pressure solenoid valve or throttle position sensor MA
circuit?
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT345HA
Yes or No CL
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0710, P0745 or P1705”, AT-115, 173 or 186.
No 䊳 GO TO 2. MT
ProCarManuals.com
2 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-196 [QG18DE (except Calif. CA Model)], EC-871 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)],
EC-1529 (SR20DE), “DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR”.
AX
SU
BR
ST
LEC279
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor. BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-223
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position (Cont’d)

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to “Line Pressure Test”, AT-66.
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
ProCarManuals.com
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.
AT-224
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R”

Position
SYMPTOM:
=NIAT0111
GI
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position.
1 CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT638A
OK or NG CL
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Refill ATF. MT
ProCarManuals.com
2 CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT493G
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
OK in “1” position, NG in 䊳 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
“R” position 2. Check the following items: BT
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve HA
3. Disassemble A/T.
쐌 Oil pump assembly SC
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 High clutch assembly EL
NG in both “1” and “R” 䊳 GO TO 6.
positions
IDX
AT-225
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “R” position. Refer to “Line Pressure Test”, AT-66.
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
3. Disassemble A/T.
ProCarManuals.com
4. Check the following item:

쐌 Oil pump assembly

1. Remove oil pan.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.
AT-226
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271. GI
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve MA
3. Disassemble A/T.
EM
쐌 High clutch assembly
쐌 Low & reverse brake assembly
LC
OK or NG EC
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace damaged parts. FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-227
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2”

Or “1” Position =NIAT0112
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D”, “2” or “1”
position.
1 CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
ProCarManuals.com
NG 䊳 Refill ATF.
2 CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to “Stall Test”, AT-62.
SAT493G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-228
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to “Line Pressure Test ”, AT-66. GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT494G
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
FE
CL
3. Disassemble A/T.
MT
ProCarManuals.com
4. Check the following item:


1. Remove oil pan.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT171B
RS
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5. BT
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
HA
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END EL
nector. IDX
AT-229
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
3. Disassemble A/T.
쐌 Forward one-way clutch
쐌 Low & reverse brake assembly
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
ProCarManuals.com
AT-230
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 =NIAT0113

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise Test — Part 1. GI
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position” OK? MA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2. EM
No 䊳 Go to “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position”, AT-225.
LC
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle EC
speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT934FB
Yes or No
AX
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-121, 178, 182 or 205.
No 䊳 GO TO 3. SU
3 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR BR

ST
RS
BT
HA
LEC279
SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
EL
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
IDX
AT-231
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)

Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to “Line Pressure Test”, AT-66.
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.

1. Remove oil pan.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.

쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
AT-232
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
7 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. GI
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END MA
nector. EM
8 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM LC

쐌 Shift valve A EC
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B FE
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T. CL
쐌 Forward one-way clutch MT
ProCarManuals.com

OK or NG
AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-233
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not

Kickdown: D4 → D2 =NIAT0114
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed.
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator
pedal fully at the specified speed.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ” OK?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.
No 䊳 Go to “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1”, AT-228, 231.

With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
ProCarManuals.com
SAT367J
Yes or No
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
3 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720 and
VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-121, AT-205.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed
sensor·MTR circuits.
AT-234
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)

Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-196 [QG18DE (except Calif. CA Model)], EC-871 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
LEC279
OK or NG
FE
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
CL
1. Remove oil pan. MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
SAT171B
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
NG 䊳 GO TO 8.
RS
1. Remove control valve. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
BT
쐌 Shift valve A
HA
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
EL
IDX
AT-235
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
7 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.

1. Remove control valve. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271.
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
쐌 Servo piston assembly
쐌 Brake band
ProCarManuals.com
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
AT-236
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 =NIAT0115

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed. GI
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ” OK? MA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2. EM
LC
EC
With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SAT367J
Yes or No SU
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
LEC279
OK or NG EL
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
NG 䊳 Repair or replace throttle position sensor. IDX
AT-237
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)

1. Remove oil pan.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 7.

ProCarManuals.com

쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
6 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.
AT-238

1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271. GI
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B MA
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
EM
LC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6. EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-239
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 =NIAT0116

SYMPTOM:
쐌 A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
쐌 A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In D, 2 Or 1 Position” and “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ” OK?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 GO TO 2.

With CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits?
쐌 PNP switch
쐌 Overdrive control switch
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A or B
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor·MTR
ProCarManuals.com
SAT363HC
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705, P0710, P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-110, 115, 121, 178, 182 or 205.
No 䊳 GO TO 3.
AT-240

Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-196 [QG18DE (except Calif. CA Model)], EC-871 [QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)], GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
LEC279
OK or NG
FE
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
CL
1. Remove oil pan. MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
SAT171B
OK or NG
ST
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
NG 䊳 GO TO 7.
RS
BT
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
HA
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter SC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6. EL
IDX
AT-241
6 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.

쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
쐌 Brake band
ProCarManuals.com

OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-242
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up =NIAT0117

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed. GI
Does self-diagnosis show damage to torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit after cruise test? MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT346H
FE
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P0740”, AT-158. CL
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
ProCarManuals.com

AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT413J
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
BT
1. Remove control valve. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271. HA
2. Check following items:
쐌 Torque converter relief valve SC
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter EL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4. IDX
AT-243
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.
ProCarManuals.com
AT-244
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition =NIAT0118

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds. GI
1 CHECK DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit after cruise test? MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT347H
FE
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to “DTC P0725”, AT-126. CL
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
MT
ProCarManuals.com

1. Remove oil pan.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT171B
OK or NG
RS
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 GO TO 5.
BT
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271. HA
쐌 Pilot valve SC
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG EL
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
IDX
AT-245
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition (Cont’d)
4 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
nector.

쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
ProCarManuals.com
AT-246
14. Lock-up Is Not Released
14. Lock-up Is Not Released =NIAT0119

SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released. GI
1 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II MA
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to closed throttle position switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II EM
Does self-diagnosis show damage to closed throttle position switch circuit?
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J
Yes or No
MT
ProCarManuals.com
Yes 䊳 Check closed throttle position switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-110.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. AX
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END SU
nector.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-247
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3)
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle

(Light Braking D4 → D3) =NIAT0120
SYMPTOM:
쐌 Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T
shifts from D4 to D3.
쐌 Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning
overdrive control switch OFF.
쐌 Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting
A/T from “D” to “2” position.
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit after cruise test?
ProCarManuals.com
SAT348H
Yes or NO
Yes 䊳 Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P1760”, AT-194.
No 䊳 GO TO 2.

SAT413J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
AT-248
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3) (Cont’d)

1. Remove oil pan. GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT171B
EC
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
FE
NG 䊳 GO TO 6.
CL
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “REMOVAL”, AT-271. MT
ProCarManuals.com

쐌 Overrun clutch reducing valve
OK or NG
AX
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
SU
5 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
BR
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END ST
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con- RS
nector.

BT
2. Check the following items: HA
쐌 Overrun clutch reducing valve
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve SC
3. Disassemble A/T.
쐌 Overrun clutch assembly EL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
IDX
AT-249
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 NIAT0121

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2.
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle
speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
SAT934FA
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-121, 178, 182 or 205.
ProCarManuals.com
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK 䊳 Go to “8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1”, AT-231.
nector.
AT-250
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3, When

Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”
SYMPTOM:
=NIAT0122
GI
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive
control switch to “OFF” position. MA
1 CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
EM
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch circuit? LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT344H MT
ProCarManuals.com
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-255.
No 䊳 Go to “10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2, D3”, AT-237.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-251
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22, When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22, When Selector

Lever “D” → “2” Position =NIAT0123
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to 22 when changing selector lever
from “D” to “2” position.
With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
SAT367J
ProCarManuals.com
Yes or No
No 䊳 Go to “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1, D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4, D2”, AT-234.
AT-252
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11, When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11, When Selector

Lever “2” → “1” Position
SYMPTOM:
=NIAT0124
GI
A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever
from “2” to “1” position. MA
With CONSULT-II
EM
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit? LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT367J MT
ProCarManuals.com
Yes or No
No 䊳 GO TO 2.
AX
2 CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT778B BT
OK or NG
OK 䊳 INSPECTION END HA
nector. SC
EL
IDX
AT-253
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine

Brake =NIAT0125
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting
from 22 (12) to 11.
1 CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes 䊳 Go to “15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4, D3)”, AT-248.
No 䊳 Go to “6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In R Position”, AT-225.
ProCarManuals.com
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,

Overdrive Control and Throttle Position
Switches Circuit Checks) NIAT0126
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diag-
nostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is good.
DESCRIPTION NIAT0126S01
쐌 PNP switch
The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission range
SAT088JA switch. The transmission range switch detects the selector
lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
쐌 Overdrive control switch
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and
sends a signal to the TCM.
Consists of a wide open throttle position switch and a closed
throttle position switch.
The wide open throttle position switch sends a signal to the
TCM when the throttle valve is open at least 1/2 of the full
throttle position. The closed throttle position switch sends a
signal to the TCM when the throttle valve is fully closed.
SAT360H
LEC279
AT-254
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Throttle Position Switches Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE NIAT0126S02
1 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II) GI

With CONSULT-II
(Do not start engine.) MA
3. Read out “PN”, “R”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated properly. EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT701J CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3. MT
ProCarManuals.com

쐌 PNP switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-261.)
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-255
2 CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector lever through each posi-
tion.
Voltage:
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V
MTBL0138
ProCarManuals.com
SAT470J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
쐌 PNP switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-261.)
AT-256
3 CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II GI
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. MA
3. Read out “OVERDRIVE SW”.
Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly.
(Overdrive control switch “ON” displayed on CONSULT-II means overdrive “OFF”.)
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT645J
CL
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
MT
ProCarManuals.com

쐌 Overdrive control switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-261.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-257
4 CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 22 and ground when overdrive control switch is “ON” and “OFF”.
Voltage:
Switch position “ON”:
Battery voltage
Switch position “OFF”:
1V or less
ProCarManuals.com
SAT471JA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
쐌 Overdrive control switch (Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-261.)
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness) for short or open
AT-258
5 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)

With CONSULT-II GI
1. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following. Refer to step 1 through 5 of “TCM Self-diagnostic Proce-
dure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
4. Read out “CLOSED THL/SW” and “W/O THRL/P-SW” depressing and releasing accelerator pedal.
Check the signal of throttle position switch is indicated properly.
EM
LC
EC
MTBL0011
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT702J
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
AX
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-261. SU
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness) BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-259
6 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)

Without CONSULT-II
1. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following. Refer to step 1 through 5 of “TCM Self-diagnostic Proce-
dure (No Tools)”, AT-49.
3. Check voltage between TCM terminals 16, 17 and ground while depressing, and releasing accelerator pedal slowly.
(After warming up engine)
WAT357
ProCarManuals.com
LAT192
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
쐌 Throttle position switch — Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-261.
harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between throttle position switch and TCM (Main harness)
7 CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-255
OK or NG
NG 䊳 쐌 Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
쐌 If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness con-
nector.
AT-260
COMPONENT INSPECTION NIAT0126S03
Overdrive Control Switch
NIAT0126S0301
GI
Switch position Continuity
RELEASED No
MA
DEPRESSED Yes
EM
WAT205 LC
PNP Switch NIAT0126S0302
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between ter- EC
minals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position Terminal No. FE
P 3—7 1—2
R 3—8
CL
N 3—9 1—2
MT
ProCarManuals.com
D 3—6
2 3—5
1 3—4
AX
SU
BR
WAT204
2. If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected

from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1. ST
3. If OK on step 2, adjust manual control cable. Refer to “Control
Cable Adjustment”, AT-272.
RS
4. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check con-
tinuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
5. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to “Park/Neutral BT
Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment”, AT-272.
6. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
HA
SAT089JA
Throttle Position Switch NIAT0126S0303

SC
Closed throttle position switch (idle position)
Refer to “Preparation”, “TCM Self-diagnostic Procedure (No EL
Tools)”, AT-49.
Accelerator pedal condition Continuity IDX
Released Yes
Depressed No
LAT193 쐌 To adjust closed throttle position switch, refer to EC-461

AT-261
[QG18DE(exceptCalif.CAModel)],EC-1114[QG18DE(Calif.CA
Model)],EC-1773(SR20DE),“DTCP0510CLOSEDTHROTTLE
POSITION SWITCH”.
Wide Open Throttle Position Switch

Released No
Depressed Yes
ProCarManuals.com
LAT194
AT-262
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
쐌 The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:
With the key switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other GI
position unless the brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”. MA
쐌 The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock
solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder. EM
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location NIAT0128
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT862J IDX
AT-263
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT —
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT — NIAT0129

ProCarManuals.com
WAT134
AT-264

SYMPTOM 1:
쐌 Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key GI
in ON position and brake pedal applied.
쐌 Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in MA
ON position and brake pedal released.
쐌 Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key
is removed from key cylinder. EM
SYMPTOM 2:
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to
“P” position. It can be removed when selector lever is set to LC
any position except “P”.
1 CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE EC
Check key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG FE
OK 䊳 GO TO 2.
NG 䊳 Repair key interlock cable. Refer to “Components”, AT-269.
CL
2 CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
MT
ProCarManuals.com
Check selector lever position for damage.

OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 3.
NG 䊳 Check selector lever. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”, AT-272.
AX
3 CHECK POWER SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. SU
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness terminal + and ground.
BR
ST
RS
BT
LAT228
HA
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 4.
SC
1. Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch harness terminal +
2. 10A fuse No. 2 [located in the fuse block (J/B)]
3. Ignition switch (Refer to EL-9, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING”.)
EL
IDX
AT-265
4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (A/T DEVICE)

Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
쐌 Check voltage between A/T device harness terminal 7 and ground.
LAT229
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 5.
1. Harness for short and open between battery and stop lamp switch harness connector
1.
2. Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector 2 and A/T
ProCarManuals.com
device harness connector 7.

3. Fuse
4. Stop lamp switch (Refer to “Component Check”, AT-268.)
5 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T device harness terminal 6 and ground.
LAT230
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 6.
AT-266
6 CHECK RELAY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch to ON. GI
쐌 Check voltage between terminal 7 - 6 and 5 - 6.
MA
EM
LC
EC
LAT231
OK or NG
FE
OK 䊳 GO TO 7.
NG 䊳 Replace A/T device.
CL
7 CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH
Refer to “A/T DEVICE CHECK”, AT-268. MT
ProCarManuals.com
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 8.
AX
8 CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
Refer to “A/T DEVICE CHECK”, AT-268. SU
OK or NG
OK 䊳 GO TO 9. BR
ST
9 SHIFT LOCK OPERATION
1. Reconnect shift lock harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch from “OFF” to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.) RS
3. Recheck shift lock operation.
OK or NG BT
NG 䊳 1. Perform A/T device input/output signal inspection test. HA
2. If NG, recheck harness connector connection.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-267
A/T DEVICE CHECK =NIAT0130S01

1. Shift Lock Solenoid NIAT0130S0101
쐌 Check operation sound.
When ignition switch is turned to “ON” position and selector
lever is set in “P” position.
Brake pedal Operation sound
Depressed No
Released Yes
2. Park Position Switch NIAT0130S0102

쐌 Check resistance between A/T device harness terminal 6 and
7.
Condition Resistance
When selector lever is set in “P” position and selector

111Ω
lever button is released
Except above 0Ω
ProCarManuals.com
LAT232
STOP LAMP SWITCH NIAT0130S02

쐌 Check continuity between terminals + and −.
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed No
When brake pedal is released Yes
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to

BR-12, “BRAKE PEDAL AND BRACKET” .
LAT233
AT-268
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components
Components NIAT0131
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
WAT242
BR
CAUTION:
쐌 Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be
damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adja- ST
cent parts.
쐌 After installing key interlock cable to control device, make
sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in RS
their positions.
BT
HA
Removal NIAT0132
SC
1. Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder and remove interlock rod from cable.
EL
IDX
SAT853J
AT-269
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Removal (Cont’d)
2. Remove lock plate from steering lock assembly and remove
key interlock cable.
SAT854J
Installation NIAT0133
1. Turn ignition key to lock position.
2. Set A/T selector lever to P position.
3. Set key interlock cable to steering lock assembly and install
lock plate.
4. Clamp cable to steering column and attach to control cable
with band.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT854J
5. Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
SAT804E
6. Install casing cap to bracket.

7. Move slider in order to connect adjuster holder to interlock rod.
SAT805E
AT-270
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators NIAT0235

REMOVAL
1. Drain ATF from transaxle.
NIAT0235S01
GI
2. Remove oil pan and gasket.
쐌 Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing bolts. MA
EM
SAT992C LC
3. Disconnect A/T solenoid valve harness connector.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AAT264A
4. Remove stopper ring from A/T solenoid harness terminal body.

5. Remove A/T solenoid harness by pushing terminal body into
transmission case.
AX
SU
BR
AAT265A
6. Remove control valve assembly by removing fixing bolts.

Bolt length, number and location:
ST
Bolt symbol A B C
RS
Bolt length “” 40.0 mm 33.0 mm 43.5 mm
(1.575 in) (1.299 in) (1.713 in)
Number of bolts 5 6 2 BT
쐌 Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release
accumulator return springs. HA
7. Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary.
Refer to “COMPONENTS”, AT-303. SC
EL
IDX
AAT260A
AT-271
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators (Cont’d)
8. Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying
compressed air if necessary.
쐌 Hold each piston with a clean, lint-free towel.
SAT935J
INSTALLATION NIAT0235S02
쐌 Tighten fixing bolts to specification.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
쐌 Set manual shaft in Neutral position, then align manual
plate with groove in manual valve.
쐌 After installing control valve assembly to transmission
case, make sure that selector lever can be moved to all
positions.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT497H
Control Cable Adjustment NIAT0236

Move selector lever from the “P” position to the “1” position. You
should be able to feel the detents in each position. If the detents
cannot be felt or if the pointer indicating the position is improperly
aligned, the control cable needs adjustment.
1. Place selector lever in “P” position.
2. Loosen control cable lock nut and place manual shaft in “P”
position.
3. Push control cable, by specified force, in the direction of the
arrow shown in the illustration.
Specified force: 9.8 N (1.0 kg, 2.2 lb)
4. Release control cable in the opposite direction of the arrow for
1.0 mm (0.039 in).
5. Tighten control cable lock nut by hand.
6. Tighten control cable lock nut.
: 11.8 - 14.7 N·m (1.20 - 1.50 kg-m, 8.7 - 10.8 ft-lb)
7. Move selector lever from “P” to “1” position again. Make sure
that selector lever moves smoothly.
8. Apply grease to contacting areas of selector lever and control
cable. Install any part removed.
AAT980
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment NIAT0237

1. Remove control cable end from manual shaft.
2. Set manual shaft in “N” position.
3. Loosen PNP switch fixing bolts.
SAT479J
AT-272
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment (Cont’d)
4. Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
a. Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
b. Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight GI
into hole in PNP switch.
5. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
6. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
MA
8. Adjust control cable. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”, EM
AT-272.
9. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to “Component
SAT480J
Inspection”, AT-114. LC
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement NIAT0238
1. Remove drive shaft assemblies using Tool. Refer to AX-10, EC
“DRIVE SHAFT”.
2. Remove oil seals.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT905D
3. Install oil seals using Tool.

쐌 Apply ATF to oil seal surface before installing.
AX
SU
BR
AAT976
쐌 Install oil seals so that dimensions “A” and “B” are within
specifications. ST
Unit: mm (in)
A B RS
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256) −0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)
4. Reinstall any part removed. BT
HA
WAT141
Revolution Sensor Replacement NIAT0239

SC
1. Disconnect revolution sensor harness connector.
2. Remove harness bracket from A/T.
EL
3. Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
Always use new sealing parts. IDX
SAT303G
AT-273
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
Removal NIAT0240
CAUTION:
Before separating transaxle from engine, remove the crank-
shaft position sensor (OBD) from transaxle. Be careful not to
damage sensor.
1. Remove battery and bracket.
2. Remove air duct between throttle body and air cleaner.
3. Disconnect terminal cord assembly, PNP switch harness con-
nector and revolution sensor harness connector.
4. Remove crankshaft position sensor (OBD) from transaxle
(SR20DE).
ProCarManuals.com
SAT501HA
5. Drain ATF from transaxle.

6. Disconnect control cable from transaxle.
7. Disconnect oil cooler hoses.
8. Remove drive shafts. Refer to AX-10, “DRIVE SHAFT”.
9. Remove the intake manifold support bracket. Refer to EM-12
(QG18DE), EM-84 (SR20DE), “OUTER COMPONENT
PARTS”.
10. Remove starter motor from transaxle.
Tighten bolts to specified torque.
: 33.3 - 46.1 N·m (3.4 - 4.7 kg-m, 25 - 34 ft-lb)
SAT304G
11. Remove upper bolts fixing transaxle to engine.
12. Support transaxle with a jack.
13. Remove center member.

쐌 Tighten center member fixing bolts to specified torque, Refer
to EM-49 (QG18DE), EM-127 (SR20DE), “Removal and Installa-
tion”.
AAT469
AT-274
Removal (Cont’d)
14. Remove rear plate cover.
15. Remove torque converter bolts.
Rotate crankshaft to gain access to securing bolts. GI
16. Remove rear transaxle to engine bracket. Refer to EM-49
(QG18DE), EM-127 (SR20DE), “Removal and Installation”.
17. Support engine with a jack. MA
18. Remove rear transaxle mount. Refer to EM-49 (QG18DE),
EM-127 (SR20DE), “Removal and Installation”. EM
19. Remove lower bolts fixing transaxle to engine.
20. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack.
AAT259A LC
Installation NIAT0241
1. Check drive plate runout. EC
CAUTION:
Do not allow any magnetic materials to contact the ring gear
teeth. FE
Maximum allowable runout:
Refer to EM-76 (QG18DE), EM-153 (SR20DE),
“FLYWHEEL/DRIVE PLATE RUNOUT”.
CL
쐌 If this runout is out of allowance, replace drive plate with ring
gear. MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT977H
2. When connecting torque converter to transaxle, measure dis-

tance “A” to be certain that they are correctly assembled.
Distance “A”:
QG18DE: 21.1 mm (0.831 in)
SR20DE: 15.9 mm (0.626 in) or more AX
SU
BR
SAT573D
3. Install torque converter to drive plate.

쐌 With converter installed, rotate crankshaft several turns to
ST
check that transaxle rotates freely without binding.
RS
BT
HA
AAT266A
4. Tighten bolts fixing transaxle. SC

QG18DE Model
Bolt No.
Tightening torque Bolt length “ ” EL
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) mm (in)
1 30 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 50 (1.97)

IDX
2 16 - 20 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 25 (0.98)
3 31 - 40 (3.1 - 4.1, 23 - 29) 30 (1.18)
SAT029K
AT-275
Installation (Cont’d)
SR20DE Model
Tightening torque Bolt length “ ”
Bolt No.
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) mm (in)
1 70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 51 - 59) 55 (2.17)
2 70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 51 - 59) 50 (1.97)
3 70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 51 - 59) 65 (2.56)
4 16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 35 (1.38)
5 16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 45 (1.77)

SAT558DB

6. Adjust control cable. Refer to “Control Cable Adjustment”,
AT-272.
7. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to “PARK NEUTRAL
POSITION SWITCH”, AT-114.
8. Refill transaxle with ATF and check fluid level.
9. Move selector lever through all positions to be sure that tran-
saxle operates correctly. With parking brake applied, idle
engine. Move selector lever through “N” to “D”, to “2”, to “1” and
“R” positions. A slight shock should be felt through the hand
gripping the selector each time the transaxle is shifted.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT638A
10. Perform road test. Refer to “Road Test”, AT-67.
AT-276
OVERHAUL
Components
Components NIAT0242
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT404
AT-277
OVERHAUL
Components (Cont’d)
ProCarManuals.com
SAT936J
AT-278
OVERHAUL
Components (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT406
AT-279
OVERHAUL
Oil Channel
Oil Channel NIAT0243

ProCarManuals.com
WAT405
AT-280
OVERHAUL
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle

Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings NIAT0244
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
WAT246
AT-281
NIAT0245
DISASSEMBLY
1. Drain ATF through drain plug.
WAT247
2. Remove torque converter.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT008D
3. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as

shown at left.
a. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
b. While fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one-way
clutch spline using flat-bladed screwdriver.
c. Check inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace torque
converter assembly.
SAT009D
4. Remove oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube.
SAT586H
AT-282
DISASSEMBLY
5. Set manual shaft to “P” position.

6. Remove PNP switch.
GI
MA
EM
SAT023JB LC
7. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.
쐌 Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing bolts.
EC
8. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of
malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may FE
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indi-
cates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and may inhibit pump pressure. CL
쐌 If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after
repair of A/T. Refer to LC-15 (QG18DE), LC-33 (SR20DE),
“Radiator”. MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT128E
9. Remove control valve assembly according to the following pro-
cedures.
AX
SU
BR
a. Remove control valve assembly mounting bolts A, B and C.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AAT260A
AT-283
DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove stopper ring from terminal body.

c. Push terminal body into transmission case and draw out sole-
noid harness.
AAT262A
10. Remove manual valve from control valve assembly as a pre-

caution.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT017D
11. Remove return spring from servo release accumulator piston.
SAT877J
12. Remove servo release accumulator piston with compressed

air.
13. Remove O-rings from servo release accumulator piston.
SAT019DA
14. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with com-
pressed air.
15. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.
SAT020D
AT-284
DISASSEMBLY
16. Check accumulator pistons and contact surface of transmis-

sion case for damage.
17. Check accumulator return springs for damage and free length. GI
Return springs:
Refer to “RETURN SPRING”, AT-387.
MA
EM
SAT023DA LC
18. Remove lip seals from band servo oil port.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT129E
19. Remove converter housing according to the following proce-

dures.
a. Remove converter housing mounting bolts A and B.
AX
SU
BR
SAT027D
b. Remove converter housing.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT028D
c. Remove O-ring from differential oil port. SC
EL
IDX
SAT131E
AT-285
DISASSEMBLY
20. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
SAT030D
21. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission

case using Tool.
ProCarManuals.com
AAT477
22. Remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transmis-

sion case.
SAT132E
23. Remove differential side bearing outer race from converter

housing using Tool.
AAT478
24. Remove oil seal from converter housing using a screwdriver.

쐌 Be careful not to damage case.
SAT133E
AT-286
DISASSEMBLY
25. Remove side oil seal from transmission case using a screw-
driver.
GI
MA
EM
SAT072D LC
26. Remove oil tube from converter housing.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT134EA
27. Remove oil pump according to the following procedures.

a. Remove O-ring from input shaft.
AX
SU
BR
SAT127E
b. Remove oil pump assembly from transmission case.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT035D
c. Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assem- SC
bly.
EL
IDX
SAT036D
AT-287
DISASSEMBLY
28. Remove brake band according to the following procedures.

a. Loosen lock nut, then back off anchor end pin.
쐌 Do not reuse anchor end pin.
SAT037DA
b. Remove brake band from transmission case.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT038D
쐌 To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not

stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in
the figure at left.
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
SAT039D
c. Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns.
SAT040D
29. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) and reverse clutch
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) with reverse clutch.
SAT041D
AT-288
DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) from reverse

clutch.
GI
MA
EM
SAT042D LC
c. Remove needle bearing from high clutch drum.
d. Check input shaft assembly and needle bearing for damage or
wear.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT043D
30. Remove high clutch hub and needle bearing from transmission
case.
31. Check high clutch hub and needle bearing for damage or wear.
AX
SU
BR
SAT044D
32. Remove front sun gear and needle bearings from transmission
case. ST
33. Check front sun gear and needle bearings for damage or wear.
RS
BT
HA
SAT579D
34. Remove front planetary carrier assembly and low one-way SC

clutch according to the following procedures.
a. Remove snap ring using a screwdriver.
EL
IDX
SAT046D
AT-289
DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove front planetary carrier with low one-way clutch.
SAT047D
c. Check that low one-way clutch rotates in the direction of the

arrow and locks in the opposite direction.
d. Remove low one-way clutch from front planetary carrier by
rotating it in the direction of unlock.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT048D
e. Remove needle bearing from front planetary carrier.
SAT049D
f. Check front planetary carrier, low one-way clutch and needle

bearing for damage or wear.
g. Check clearance between pinion washer and planetary carrier
using feeler gauge.
Standard clearance:
0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in)
Allowable limit:
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace front planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allow-
able limit.
SAT050D
35. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transmission
case.
SAT051D
AT-290
DISASSEMBLY
b. Remove rear sun gear from rear planetary carrier.
GI
MA
EM
SAT052D LC
c. Remove needle bearings from rear planetary carrier assembly.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT053D
d. Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bear-
ings for damage or wear.
e. Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary
carrier using feeler gauge.
Standard clearance: AX
0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in)
Allowable limit: SU
0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allow-
able limit. BR
SAT054D
36. Remove rear internal gear from transmission case.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT055D
37. Remove needle bearing from rear internal gear. SC

쐌 Check needle bearing for damage or wear.
EL
IDX
SAT056D
AT-291
DISASSEMBLY
38. Remove forward clutch assembly from transmission case.
SAT272E
39. Remove thrust washer from transmission case.

ProCarManuals.com
AAT215A
40. Remove output shaft assembly according to the following pro-

cedures.
a. Remove side cover bolts.
SAT059D
b. Remove side cover by lightly tapping it with a soft hammer.

쐌 Be careful not to drop output shaft assembly. It might
come out when removing side cover.
SAT434D
c. Remove adjusting shim.
SAT440D
AT-292
DISASSEMBLY
d. Remove output shaft assembly.
GI
MA
EM
SAT439D LC
쐌 If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover
with a soft hammer to separate.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT435D
e. Remove needle bearing.
AX
SU
BR
SAT453D
41. Disassemble reduction pinion gear according to the following

procedures. ST
a. Set manual shaft to position “P” to fix idler gear.
b. Unlock idler gear lock nut using a pin punch. RS
BT
HA
SAT060D
c. Remove idler gear lock nut. SC

쐌 Do not reuse idler gear lock nut.
EL
IDX
SAT061D
AT-293
DISASSEMBLY
d. Remove idler gear with puller using Tool.
WAT234
e. Remove reduction pinion gear.

f. Remove adjusting shim from reduction pinion gear.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT310G
42. Remove return spring from parking shaft using a screwdriver.
WAT293
43. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pawl from trans-
mission case.
44. Check parking pawl and shaft for damage or wear.
WAT142
45. Remove parking actuator support from transmission case.

쐌 Check parking actuator support for damage or wear.
SAT066D
AT-294
DISASSEMBLY
46. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.
GI
MA
EM
SAT311G LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-295
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Manual Shaft
Manual Shaft
COMPONENTS NIAT0246
WAT248
ProCarManuals.com
REMOVAL NIAT0247
1. Remove detent spring from transmission case.
SAT313G
2. Drive out manual plate retaining pin using Tool.
AAT486
3. Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin using Tool.
4. Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft.
5. Draw out parking rod from transmission case.
AAT534
AT-296
Manual Shaft (Cont’d)
6. Pull out manual shaft retaining pin.
7. Remove manual shaft and manual plate from transmission
case. GI
MA
EM
SAT049F LC
8. Remove manual shaft oil seal.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT080D
INSPECTION NIAT0248
쐌 Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if nec-
essary.
AX
SU
BR
INSTALLATION
1. Install manual shaft oil seal using a suitable tool.
NIAT0249 ST
쐌 Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.
RS
BT
HA
SAT081D
2. Install manual shaft and manual plate. SC
EL
IDX
SAT610H
AT-297
Manual Shaft (Cont’d)
3. Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case.
4. Install manual shaft retaining pin using Tool.
AAT487
5. Install parking rod to parking rod plate.

6. Set parking rod assembly onto manual shaft.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT078D
7. Drive in manual plate retaining pin and parking rod plate retain-
ing pin using Tool.
AAT485
8. Install detent spring.

: 6.4 - 7.5 N·m (0.65 - 0.76 kg-m, 56.4 - 66.0 in-lb)
SAT313G
AT-298
Oil Pump
Oil Pump
COMPONENTS NIAT0250
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
LAT465
MT
ProCarManuals.com
DISASSEMBLY NIAT0251
1. Remove seal rings.
AX
SU
BR
SAT699H
2. Loosen bolts in numerical order and remove oil pump cover.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT091D
3. Remove inner and outer gear from oil pump housing. SC
EL
IDX
SAT092D
AT-299
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
SAT093D
5. Remove oil pump housing oil seal.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT094D
INSPECTION NIAT0252
Oil Pump Housing, Oil Pump Cover, Inner Gear and
Outer Gear NIAT0252S01
쐌 Check for wear or damage.
Side Clearances NIAT0252S02

쐌 Measure side clearance of inner and outer gears in at least
four places around each outside edge. Maximum measured
values should be within specified range.
Standard clearance:
0.02 - 0.04 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 in)
쐌 If clearance is less than standard, select inner and outer gear
as a set so that clearance is within specifications.
Inner and outer gear:
Refer to “Oil Pump”, AT-382.
쐌 If clearance is more than standard, replace whole oil pump
assembly except oil pump cover.
SAT095D
AT-300
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
쐌 Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing.
Standard clearance:
0.08 - 0.15 mm (0.0031 - 0.0059 in) GI
Allowable limit:
0.15 mm (0.0059 in) MA
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover.
EM
SAT096D LC
Side Ring Clearance NIAT0252S03
쐌 Install new seal rings onto oil pump cover. EC
쐌 Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance:
0.1 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) FE
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in) CL
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT097D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0253
1. Install oil seal on oil pump housing using Tool.
AX
SU
BR
SAT922D
2. Install O-ring on oil pump housing.

쐌 Apply ATF to O-ring.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT093D
3. Install inner and outer gears on oil pump housing. SC

쐌 Take care with the direction of the inner gear.
EL
IDX
SAT092D
AT-301
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
4. Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing.
a. Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assem-
bly to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil
pump housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
b. Tighten bolts in numerical order.
SAT101D
5. Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with
petroleum jelly.
쐌 Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while install-
ing. It may deform the ring.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT699H
AT-302
Control Valve Assembly
Control Valve Assembly

COMPONENTS =NIAT0254
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
WAT407 BR
1. Solenoid valve assembly 9. Separating plate 17. Steel ball

2. O-ring 10. Lower separating gasket 18. Control valve upper body ST
3. Snap ring 11. Steel ball 19. Check ball
4. Terminal body 12. Control valve inter body 20. Oil cooler relief valve spring
5. Control valve lower body 13. Pilot filter 21. O-ring
RS
6. Oil strainer 14. Upper inter separating gasket 22. T/C pressure holding spring
7. Support plate 15. Separating plate 23. Check ball
8. Lower inter separating gasket 16. Upper separating gasket
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-303
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY =NIAT0255
쐌 Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies.
Bolt symbol A B C D E F G
Bolt length “” 13.5 mm 58.0 mm 40.0 mm 66.0 mm 33.0 mm 78.0 mm 18.0 mm
(0.531 in) (2.283 in) (1.575 in) (2.598 in) (1.299 in) (3.071 in) (0.709 in)
Number of bolts 6 3 6 11 2 2 1
F: Reamer bolt with nut

ProCarManuals.com
SAT869J
1. Remove bolts A, D and F, and remove oil strainer from control

valve assembly.
SAT083F
2. Remove solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid

valve from control valve assembly.
쐌 Be careful not to lose the line pressure solenoid valve
spring.
SAT316GA
AT-304
3. Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.
GI
MA
EM
SAT317G LC
4. Place upper body face down, and remove bolts B, C and F.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT064F
5. Remove lower body from inter body.
AX
SU
BR
SAT432D
6. Turn over lower body, and accumulator support plates.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT109D
7. Remove bolts E, separating plate and separating gaskets from SC

lower body.
8. Remove check balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C
pressure holding spring from lower body. EL
쐌 Be careful not to lose steel balls and relief valve springs.
IDX
SAT873J
AT-305
9. Remove inter body from upper body.
10. Remove pilot filter, separating plate and gaskets from upper
body.
SAT065F
11. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter
body and then remove them.
쐌 Be careful not to lose steel balls.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT870J
12. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper
body and then remove them.
쐌 Be careful not to lose steel balls.
SAT871J
INSPECTION NIAT0256
Lower and Upper Bodies NIAT0256S01
쐌 Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in
lower body.
SAT872J
쐌 Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in

upper body.
SAT321G
AT-306
Oil Strainer NIAT0256S02
쐌 Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.
GI
MA
EM
SAT115D LC
Shift Solenoid Valves A and B, Line Pressure Solenoid
valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve and
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve
EC
NIAT0256S03
쐌 Refer to “Resistance Check”, AT-161, 181 and 185.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
WAT237
Oil Cooler Relief Valve Spring NIAT0256S04

쐌 Check springs for damage or deformation.
쐌 Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard: AX
Unit: mm (in)
Part No. D
SU
31872 31X00 17.0 (0.669) 8.0 (0.315)
BR
SAT138D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install upper, inter and lower body.
NIAT0257 ST
a. Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their
proper positions. RS
BT
HA
SAT871J
b. Install upper separating gasket, upper inter separating gasket SC

and upper separating plate in order shown in illustration.
쐌 Always use new gaskets.
EL
IDX
SAT072F
AT-307
c. Install reamer bolts F from bottom of upper body. Using reamer
bolts as guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
SAT073F
d. Install pilot filter.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT074F
e. Place inter body as shown in the illustration. Install steel balls

in their proper positions.
SAT870J
f. Install inter body on upper body using reamer bolts F as

guides.
쐌 Be careful not to dislocate or drop steel balls.
SAT076F
g. Install steel balls, oil cooler relief valve springs and T/C pres-
sure holding spring in their proper positions in lower body.
SAT873J
AT-308
h. Install lower separating gasket, inter separating gasket and
lower separating plate in order shown in the illustration.
GI
MA
EM
SAT077F LC
i. Install bolts E from bottom of lower body. Using bolts E as
guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set.
j. Install support plates on lower body.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT078F
k. Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts F as guides

and tighten reamer bolts F slightly.
AX
SU
BR
AAT536
2. Install O-rings to solenoid valves and terminal body.

쐌 Apply ATF to O-rings.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT317G
3. Install and tighten bolts. SC

Bolt symbol A B C D E F G EL
Bolt length “” 13.5 mm 58.0 mm 44.0 mm 66.0 mm 33.0 mm 78.0 mm 18.0 mm
(0.531 in) (2.283 in) (1.732 in) (2.598 in) (1.299 in) (3.071 in) (0.709 in)
IDX
Number of bolts 6 3 6 11 2 2 1
F: Reamer bolt with nut
AT-309
SAT869J
ProCarManuals.com
a. Install and tighten bolts B to specified torque.

: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
SAT081F
b. Install solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid

valve to lower body.
SAT316GA
c. Remove reamer bolts F and set oil strainer on control valve

assembly.
d. Reinstall reamer bolts F from lower body side.
SAT323G
AT-310
e. Tighten bolts A, C, D and F to specified torque.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
GI
MA
EM
SAT083F LC
f. Tighten bolts E to specified torque.
: 3.4 - 4.4 N·m (0.35 - 0.45 kg-m, 30.4 - 39.1 in-lb)
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT084FA
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-311
Control Valve Upper Body
Control Valve Upper Body

Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in “CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN
SPRINGS” table on page AT-380.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT250
1. Control valve upper body 12. Sleeve 25. Retainer plate

2. Overrun clutch reducing valve 13. Retainer plate 26. Plug
spring 14. 1-2 accumulator valve 27. 1-2 accumulator piston
3. Overrun clutch reducing valve 15. 1-2 accumulator valve spring 28. 1-2 accumulator piston spring
4. Plug 16. Plug 29. 1-2 accumulator retainer plate
5. Retainer plate 17. Retainer plate 30. Retainer plate
6. Torque converter relief valve 18. Cooler check valve 31. Plug
7. Torque converter relief valve 19. Cooler check valve spring 32. 1st reducing valve
spring 20. Plug 33. 1st reducing valve spring
8. Retainer plate 21. Retainer plate 34. Retainer plate
9. Torque converter clutch control 22. Retainer plate 35. Return spring
valve
23. Pilot valve spring 36. 3-2 timing valve spring
10. Return spring
24. Pilot valve
11. Plug
AT-312
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
1. Remove valves at retainer plates.
쐌 Do not use a magnetic “hand”. GI
MA
EM
SAT321G LC
a. Use a screwdriver to remove retainer plates.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT135D
b. Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves.

쐌 Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jump-
ing out.
AX
SU
BR
SAT136D
c. Place mating surface of valve body face down, and remove

internal parts. ST
쐌 If a valve is hard to remove, place valve body face down
and lightly tap it with a soft hammer.
RS
쐌 Be careful not to drop or damage valves and sleeves.
BT
HA
SAT137D
INSPECTION NIAT0260
SC
Valve Spring NIAT0260S01
쐌 Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation. EL
Inspection standard:
Refer to “CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN IDX
SPRINGS”, AT-380.
쐌 Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
Control Valves NIAT0260S02
SAT138D 쐌 Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.
AT-313
ASSEMBLY NIAT0261
쐌 Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do
not stand the control valve body upright.
SAT139D
1. Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
쐌 Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT140DA
쐌 Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert the
valves into their proper positions.
SAT141D
1-2 Accumulator Valve NIAT0261S01

쐌 Install 1-2 accumulator valve. Align 1-2 accumulator retainer
plate from opposite side of control valve body.
쐌 Install return spring, 1-2 accumulator piston and plug.
SAT142D
1. Install retainer plates.

쐌 Install retainer plate while pushing plug or return spring.
SAT143D
AT-314
Retainer Plate (for control valve upper body) NIAT0261S02
Refer to “Control Valve Upper Body”, AT-312.
Unit: mm (in) GI
Name of valve and piston No. Witdth A Length B
Pilot valve 22 21.5 (0.846) MA

1-2 accumulator valve 17
40.5 (1.594)
1-2 accumulator piston 25 EM
1st reducing valve 30 21.5 (0.846)
SAT086F
Overrun clutch reducing valve 5 6.0 (0.236) 24.0 (0.945)
LC
Torque converter relief valve 8 21.5 (0.846)
Torque converter clutch control valve 13 28.0 (1.102)

EC
3-2 timing valve 34 21.5 (0.846)
FE
Cooler check valve 21 24.0 (0.945)
쐌 Install proper retainer plates. CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-315
Control Valve Lower Body
Control Valve Lower Body

Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in “CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN
SPRINGS” table on page AT-380.
ProCarManuals.com
WAT251
1. Control valve lower body 13. Manual valve 25. Plug

2. Shift valve B spring 14. Retainer plate 26. Accumulator control valve
3. Shift valve B 15. Sleeve 27. Accumulator control valve spring
4. Plug 16. Plug 28. Retainer plate
5. Retainer plate 17. Spring seat 29. Shift valve A spring
6. Pressure modifier valve 18. Pressure regulator valve spring 30. Shift valve A
7. Pressure modifier valve spring 19. Pressure regulator valve 31. Retainer plate
8. Parallel pin 20. Retainer plate 32. Plug
9. Sleeve 21. Plug 33. Plug
10. Piston 22. Overrun clutch control valve 34. Shuttle control valve spring
11. Pressure modifier valve spring 23. Overrun clutch control valve spring 35. Shuttle control valve
12. Retainer plate 24. Retainer plate
AT-316
Control Valve Lower Body (Cont’d)
Remove valves at retainer plate.
For removal procedures, refer to “DISASSEMBLY”, AT-304. GI
MA
EM
SAT872J LC
INSPECTION NIAT0264
Valve Springs NIAT0264S01 EC
쐌 Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also
measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard: FE
Refer to “CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN
SPRINGS”, AT-380.
쐌 Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
CL
Control Valves
쐌
NIAT0264S02
Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT138D
damage.
AX
SU
BR
ASSEMBLY
쐌 Install control valves.
NIAT0265 ST
For installation procedures, refer to “ASSEMBLY”, AT-307.
RS
BT
HA
SAT872J
Retainer Plate (for control valve lower body) NIAT0265S01

SC
Refer to “Control Valve Lower Body”, AT-316.
EL
IDX
SAT089F
AT-317
Control Valve Lower Body (Cont’d)
Unit: mm (in)
Name of control valve No. Width A Length B Type
Pressure regulator valve 14
Accumulator control valve 24
Shift valve A 28 6.0 28.0

I
Overrun clutch control valve 20 (0.236) (1.102)
Pressure modifier valve 12
Shuttle control valve 31
Shift valve B 5 — — II
쐌 Install proper retainer plates.

ProCarManuals.com
AT-318
Reverse Clutch
Reverse Clutch
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT485JA
MT
ProCarManuals.com
1. Check operation of reverse clutch.
a. Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install
reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole.
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
AX
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
쐌 D-ring might be damaged. SU
쐌 Oil seal might be damaged.
쐌 Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
BR
SAT155D
2. Remove snap ring.

3. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate, and dish
ST
plates.
RS
BT
HA
SAT156D
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse SC
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above springs.
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively. EL
5. Remove spring retainer and return springs.
IDX
AAT489
AT-319
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
쐌 Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SAT301E
6. Remove piston from reverse clutch drum by turning it.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT159D
7. Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.
SAT138E
INSPECTION NIAT0268
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return
Springs NIAT0268S01
쐌 Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
쐌 Replace if necessary.
쐌 When replacing spring retainer and return springs,
replace them as a set.
Reverse Clutch Drive Plates NIAT0268S02

쐌 Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
쐌 Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
쐌 If not within wear limit, replace.
SAT162D
AT-320
Reverse Clutch Dish Plates NIAT0268S03
쐌 Check for deformation or damage.
쐌 Measure thickness of dish plate. GI
Thickness of dish plate “t”: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
쐌 If deformed or fatigued, replace. MA
EM
SAT163D LC
Reverse Clutch Piston NIAT0268S04
쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed. EC
쐌 Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure that there is no air leakage.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make FE
sure air leaks past ball.
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT164D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0269
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
쐌 Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
쐌 Apply ATF to both parts.
AX
SU
BR
SAT160DA
2. Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.

쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT159D
3. Install return springs and spring retainer on piston. SC

Return spring:
Refer to “Clutch and Brake Return Spring”, AT-382.
EL
IDX
SAT168D
AT-321
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while com-
pressing return springs.
쐌 Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT489
5. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish

plates.
쐌 Do not align the projections of any two dish plates.
쐌 Take care with the order and direction of plates.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT170D
6. Install snap ring.
SAT156D
7. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If

not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance:
Standard: 0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.020 - 0.031 in)
Allowable limit: 1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Retaining plate: Refer to “REVERSE CLUTCH”, AT-380.
SAT174D
8. Check operation of reverse clutch.

Refer to “Reverse Clutch”, AT-319.
SAT173D
AT-322
High Clutch
High Clutch
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
SAT874J BR
DISASSEMBLY
1. Check operation of high clutch.
NIAT0271 ST
a. Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft.
쐌 Stop up a hole on opposite side of input shaft. RS
쐌 D-ring might be damaged.
BT
쐌 Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball. HA
SAT176D
2. Remove seal rings from input shaft. SC
EL
IDX
SAT177D
AT-323
High Clutch (Cont’d)
4. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.
SAT178D
5. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from high
쐌 Set Tool directly above springs.
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively.
ProCarManuals.com
AAT683
쐌 Do not remove return spring from spring retainer.
SAT302E
7. Remove piston from high clutch drum by turning it.
SAT189D
SAT139E
AT-324
INSPECTION NIAT0272
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return
Springs GI
NIAT0272S01
쐌 Replace if necessary. MA
EM
LC
High Clutch Drive Plates NIAT0272S02
쐌 Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. EC
Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) FE
쐌 If not within wear limit, replace. CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT162D
High Clutch Piston NIAT0272S03

쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed.
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to make
AX
SU
BR
SAT186D
Seal Ring Clearance

쐌 Install new seal rings onto input shaft.
NIAT0272S04 ST
쐌 Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance: RS
0.08 - 0.23 mm (0.0031 - 0.0091 in)
Allowable limit:
0.23 mm (0.0091 in)
BT
쐌 If not within wear limit, replace input shaft assembly.
HA
SAT187D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0273
SC
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
EL
IDX
SAT182DA
AT-325
2. Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
SAT189D
3. Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.

Return spring:
ProCarManuals.com
SAT191D
AAT683
쐌 Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
SAT193D
5. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate.

Take care with the order and direction of plates.
SAT195D
AT-326
not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance: GI
Standard: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in)
Retaining plate:
MA
Refer to “HIGH CLUTCH”, AT-381.
EM
SAT199D LC
8. Check operation of high clutch.
Refer to “High Clutch”, AT-323.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT196D
9. Install seal rings to input shaft.

쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings.
AX
SU
BR
SAT197D
쐌 Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from

spreading. ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT198D
SC
EL
IDX
AT-327
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch

COMPONENTS NIAT0274
ProCarManuals.com
SAT932J
1. Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch.
a. Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum.
b. Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum.
c. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
SAT201D
d. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:

SAT202D
AT-328
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch (Cont’d)
2. Remove snap ring for forward clutch.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for forward clutch. GI
MA
EM
SAT203D LC
4. Remove snap ring for overrun clutch.
5. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for overrun clutch.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT204D
6. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively.
7. Remove spring retainer and return springs. AX
SU
BR
AAT685
8. Remove forward clutch piston with overrun clutch piston from

forward clutch drum by turning it. ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT216D
9. Remove overrun clutch piston from forward clutch piston by SC

turning it.
EL
IDX
SAT215D
AT-329
10. Remove D-rings and oil seals from forward clutch piston and
overrun clutch piston.
SAT140E
INSPECTION NIAT0276
Snap Rings and Spring Retainer NIAT0276S01
ProCarManuals.com
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Return Springs

NIAT0276S02
Inspection standard:
Refer to “Clutch and Brake Return Springs”, AT-382.
쐌 Replace if deformed or fatigued.
SAT138D
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Drive Plates NIAT0276S03

Forward clutch
Overrun clutch
SAT162D Wear limit: 1.4 mm (0.055 in)
AT-330
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Dish Plates NIAT0276S04
쐌 Measure thickness of dish plate. GI
Thickness of dish plate “t”:
Forward clutch: 2.5 mm (0.098 in) MA
Overrun clutch: 2.15 mm (0.0846 in)
쐌 If deformed or fatigued, replace.
EM
SAT163D LC
Forward Clutch Drum NIAT0276S05
쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed. EC
쐌 Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of
forward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch FE
drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT213D
Overrun Clutch Piston NIAT0276S06

쐌 Make sure check balls are not fixed.
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
쐌 Apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side. Make
AX
SU
BR
SAT212D
ASSEMBLY
1.
NIAT0277
Install D-rings and oil seals on forward clutch piston and over-
ST
run clutch piston.
쐌 Take care with direction of oil seal. RS
BT
HA
SAT208DA
2. Install overrun clutch piston assembly on forward clutch piston SC

while turning it slowly.
쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of forward clutch piston.
EL
IDX
SAT215D
AT-331
3. Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum
while turning it slowly.
SAT216D
4. Align notch in forward clutch piston with groove in forward

clutch drum.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT217D
5. Install return spring on piston.

6. Install spring retainer on return springs.
Return spring:
SAT218D
AAT685
쐌 Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
SAT220D
AT-332
8. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for overrun clutch.
9. Install snap ring for overrun clutch. GI
MA
EM
SAT204D LC
10. Measure clearance between overrun clutch retaining plate and
snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate. EC
Standard: 1.0 - 1.4 mm (0.039 - 0.055 in) FE
Overrun clutch retaining plate:
Refer to “OVERRUN CLUTCH”, AT-381. CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT227D
11. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for forward clutch.
Take care with the order and direction of plates.
12. Install snap ring for forward clutch.
AX
SU
BR
SAT203D
13. Measure clearance between forward clutch retaining plate and

snap ring. ST
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
RS
Standard: 0.45 - 0.85 mm (0.0177 - 0.0335 in)
Forward clutch retaining plate: BT
Refer to “FORWARD CLUTCH”, AT-381.
HA
SAT228D
14. Check operation of forward clutch. SC

Refer to “Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch”, AT-328.
EL
IDX
SAT201D
AT-333
15. Check operation of overrun clutch.
Refer to “Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch”, AT-328.
SAT202D
ProCarManuals.com
AT-334
Low & Reverse Brake
Low & Reverse Brake

GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT486JA
MT
ProCarManuals.com
1. Check operation of low & reverse brake.
a. Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case.
AX
쐌 Oil seal might be damaged. SU
BR
SAT230D
2. Stand transmission case.

ST
4. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate from trans-
mission case. RS
BT
HA
SAT231D
5. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring while com- SC
쐌 Do not expand snap ring excessively. EL
IDX
AAT687
AT-335
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
쐌 Do not remove return springs from spring retainer.
SAT303E
7. Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case while

holding piston.
8. Remove piston from transmission case by turning it.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT234D
SAT767G
INSPECTION NIAT0280
Low & Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and
Return Springs NIAT0280S01
쐌 Replace if necessary.
AT-336
Low & Reverse Brake Drive Plates NIAT0280S02
쐌 Measure thickness of facing. GI
Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in) MA
EM
SAT162D LC
ASSEMBLY NIAT0281
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston. EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT235DA
2. Stand transmission case.

3. Install piston assembly on transmission case while turning it
slowly.
쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
AX
SU
BR
SAT239D
4. Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.

Return spring:
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT241D
5. Install snap ring while compressing return springs. SC

EL
IDX
AAT687
AT-337
6. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plates and dished
plates.
쐌 Do not align the projections on the two dished plates.
쐌 Make sure to put the plates in the correct order and direc-
tion.
SAT254E

ProCarManuals.com
SAT231D

not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate (front
side).
Standard: 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in)
Allowable limit:
2.8 mm (0.110 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to “LOW AND REVERSE BRAKE”, AT-382.
SAT246D
9. Check operation of low and reverse brake.

SAT230D
AT-338
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and

Overrun Clutch Hub
GI
COMPONENTS NIAT0282
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT875J
AX
SU
BR
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove snap ring from overrun clutch hub.
NIAT0283 ST
2. Remove overrun clutch hub from forward clutch hub.
RS
BT
HA
SAT249D
3. Remove thrust washer from forward clutch hub. SC
EL
IDX
SAT250D
AT-339
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
4. Remove forward clutch hub from rear internal gear.
SAT251D
5. Remove end bearing from rear internal gear.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT252D
6. Remove thrust washer from rear internal gear.
SAT253D
7. Remove end bearing from forward one-way clutch.
SAT254D
8. Remove one-way clutch from forward clutch hub.
SAT255D
AT-340
INSPECTION NIAT0284
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun
Clutch Hub GI
NIAT0284S01
쐌 Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.
MA
EM
SAT256D LC
Snap Ring, End Bearings and Forward One-way Clutch
NIAT0284S02
쐌 Check snap ring and end bearings for deformation and dam- EC
age.
쐌 Check forward one-way clutch for wear and damage.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT257D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0285
1. Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch.
쐌 Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.
AX
SU
BR
SAT976H
2. Install end bearing on forward one-way clutch.

쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT259D
3. Install thrust washer on rear internal gear. SC

쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
쐌 Align pawls of thrust washer with holes of rear internal
gear. EL
IDX
SAT260D
AT-341
4. Install end bearing on rear internal gear.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to end bearing.
SAT261D
5. Install forward clutch hub on rear internal gear.

쐌 Check operation of forward one-way clutch.
Hold rear internal gear and turn forward clutch hub. Check
forward clutch hub for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
쐌 If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction
of forward one-way clutch.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT713H
6. Install thrust washer and overrun clutch hub.

쐌 Align pawls of thrust washer with holes of overrun clutch
hub.
SAT263D
7. Install overrun clutch hub on rear internal gear.

쐌 Align projections of rear internal gear with holes of over-
run clutch hub.
SAT264D
8. Install snap ring to groove of rear internal gear.
SAT248D
AT-342
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear

and Bearing Retainer
GI
COMPONENTS NIAT0286
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AX
SU
BR
SAT487JA
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
1. Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.
EL
IDX
SAT644D
AT-343
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer (Cont’d)
2. Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers.
쐌 Always replace bearing with a new one when removed.
쐌 Do not damage output shaft.
SAT645D
3. Remove snap ring from bearing retainer.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT646D
4. Remove needle bearing from bearing retainer.
AAT539
5. Remove idler gear bearing inner race from idler gear.
SAT648D
6. Remove idler gear bearing outer race from transmission case.
AAT495
AT-344
7. Press out reduction pinion gear bearing from reduction pinion
gear.
GI
MA
EM
WAT235 LC
8. Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from trans-
mission case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT651D
INSPECTION NIAT0288
Output Shaft, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear
NIAT0288S01
쐌 Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending.
쐌 Check gears for wear, chips and cracks. AX
SU
BR
Bearing
쐌
NIAT0288S02
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
ST
pitting or wear.
쐌 When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and RS
inner race as a set.
BT
HA
SPD715
Seal Ring Clearance NIAT0288S03

SC
쐌 Install new seal rings to output shaft.
쐌 Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of out-
put shaft. EL
Standard clearance:
0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in) IDX
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace output shaft.
SAT652D
쐌 Install new seal rings to bearing retainer.
AT-345
쐌 Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bear-
ing retainer.
Standard clearance:
0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
쐌 If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.
ASSEMBLY NIAT0289
1. Press reduction pinion gear bearing on reduction pinion gear.
ProCarManuals.com
AAT688
2. Install reduction pinion gear bearing outer race on transmis-

sion case.
SAT654D
3. Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
AAT689
4. Install idler gear bearing outer race on transmission case.
SAT901D
AT-346
5. Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.
GI
MA
EM
SAT939D LC
6. Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT658D
7. Install snap ring to bearing retainer.
AX
SU
BR
SAT659D
8. After packing ring grooves with petroleum jelly, carefully install

new seal rings on output shaft and bearing retainer. ST
NOTE:
Do not align gaps in seal rings. RS
BT
HA
SAT660D
쐌 Roll paper around seal rings to prevent seal rings from SC

spreading.
EL
IDX
SAT661D
AT-347
Band Servo Piston Assembly
Band Servo Piston Assembly

COMPONENTS NIAT0290
LAT424
ProCarManuals.com
1. Remove band servo piston snap ring.
SAT288D
2. Apply compressed air to oil hole in transmission case to

remove OD servo piston retainer and band servo piston
assembly.
쐌 Hold band servo piston assembly with a rag or nylon
waste.
SAT289D
3. Apply compressed air to oil hole in OD servo piston retainer to

remove OD servo piston from retainer.
쐌 Hold OD servo piston while applying compressed air.
SAT290DB
AT-348
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
4. Remove D-ring from OD servo piston.
GI
MA
EM
SAT593GB LC
5. Remove O-rings from OD servo piston retainer.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT292DA
6. Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston

retainer by pushing it forward.
AX
SU
BR
SAT293D
7. Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing

servo piston spring retainer down, remove E-ring. ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT294D
8. Remove OD servo return spring, band servo thrust washer and SC

band servo piston stem from band servo piston.
EL
IDX
SAT295DA
AT-349
9. Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
SAT296DA
10. Remove D-rings from band servo piston.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT594GA
INSPECTION NIAT0292
Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem NIAT0292S01
쐌 Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.
SAT298DA
Return Springs NIAT0292S02

Band servo inspection standard:
Refer to “Band Servo”, AT-387.
SAT138D
ASSEMBLY NIAT0293
1. Install D-rings to band servo piston retainer.
쐌 Apply ATF to D-rings.
쐌 Pay attention to position of each D-ring.
SAT595GA
AT-350
2. Install band servo piston stem, band servo thrust washer, OD
servo return spring and spring retainer to band servo piston.
GI
MA
EM
SAT295DA LC
3. Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing
servo piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT301D
4. Install O-rings to servo piston retainer.

쐌 Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.
AX
SU
BR
SAT296DA
5. Install band servo piston assembly to servo piston retainer by

pushing it inward. ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT303D
6. Install D-ring to OD servo piston. SC

쐌 Apply ATF to D-ring.
EL
IDX
SAT596GB
AT-351
7. Install O-rings to OD servo piston retainer.
쐌 Pay attention to the positions of the O-rings.
SAT292DA
8. Install OD servo piston to OD servo piston retainer.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT306DA
9. Install band servo piston assembly and 2nd servo return spring
to transmission case.
쐌 Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmis-
sion case.
SAT307DA
10. Install OD servo piston assembly to transmission case.

쐌 Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmis-
sion case.
AAT692
11. Install band servo piston snap ring to transmission case.
SAT288D
AT-352
Final Drive
Final Drive
COMPONENTS NIAT0294
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
WAT403
MT
ProCarManuals.com
1. Remove final gear.
AX
SU
BR
SMT696B
2. Press out differential side bearings.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT312D
SC
EL
IDX
SMT697B
AT-353
Final Drive (Cont’d)
3. Remove speedometer drive gear.
SAT313D
4. Drive out pinion mate shaft lock pin.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT904D
5. Draw out pinion mate shaft from differential case.

6. Remove pinion mate gears and side gears.
SAT316D
INSPECTION NIAT0296
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case NIAT0296S01
쐌 Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and
pinion mate gears.
쐌 Check washers for wear.
WAT294
Bearings NIAT0296S03
쐌 Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
쐌 When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and
inner race as a set.
SPD715
AT-354
ASSEMBLY NIAT0297
1. Install side gear and thrust washers in differential case.
2. Install pinion mate gears and thrust washers in differential case GI
while rotating them.
쐌 When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate gear
washers.
MA
쐌 Apply ATF to any parts.
EM
SAT318D LC
3. Measure clearance between side gear and differential case
with washers using the following procedure.
a. Set Tool and dial indicator on side gear.
EC
b. Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflec-
tion. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears. FE
Clearance between side gear and differential case with
washers:
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in) CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT902D
c. If not within specification adjust clearance by changing thick-

ness of side gear thrust washers.
Side gear thrust washer:
Refer to “DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST
WASHERS”, AT-383. AX
SU
BR
SMT616
4. Install lock pin.

쐌 Make sure that lock pin is flush with case.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT904D
5. Install speedometer drive gear on differential case. SC

쐌 Align the projection of speedometer drive gear with the
groove of differential case.
EL
IDX
SAT313D
AT-355
6. Install final gear and tighten fixing bolts in numerical order.
: 113 - 127 N·m (11.5 - 13.0 kg-m, 83 - 94 ft-lb)
SAT326D
7. Press on differential side bearings.

ProCarManuals.com
SMT700B
AT-356
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
Assembly (1) NIAT0298

1. Install revolution sensor onto transmission case.
Always use new sealing parts.
GI
MA
EM
SAT311G LC
2. Install differential side oil seals on transmission case and con-
verter housing, so that “A” and “B” are within specifications.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AAT695
Unit: mm (in)
A B
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256) −0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)

AX
SU
BR
WAT141
3. Install parking actuator support to transmission case.

쐌 Pay attention to direction of parking actuator support.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT328D
4. Install parking pawl on transmission case and fix it with park- SC

ing shaft.
EL
IDX
WAT143
AT-357
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
5. Install return spring.
WAT144
Adjustment (1) NIAT0299

DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING PRELOAD NIAT0299S01
1. Install differential side bearing outer race without adjusting
shim on transmission case.
2. Install differential side bearing outer race on converter housing.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT947DA
3. Place final drive assembly on transmission case.

4. Install transmission case on converter housing. Tighten trans-
mission case fixing bolts A and B to the specified torque.
SAT027D
5. Attach dial indicator on differential case at transmission case

side.
6. Insert Tool into differential side gear from converter housing.
7. Move Tool up and down and measure dial indicator deflection.
Differential side bearing preload “T”:
0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)
8. Select proper thickness of differential side bearing adjusting
shim(s) using SDS table as a guide.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim:
Refer to “DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUST-
ING SHIM”, AT-383.
AAT947
AT-358
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (1) (Cont’d)
9. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
10. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
11. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transmission GI
case.
12. Reinstall differential side bearing outer race and shim(s)
selected from SDS table on transmission case. MA
13. Reinstall converter housing on transmission case and tighten
transmission case fixing bolts to the specified torque. EM
AAT477 LC
14. Insert Tool into differential case and measure turning torque of
final drive assembly.
쐌 Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times
EC
to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of final drive assembly (New bearing): FE
0.49 - 1.08 N·m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)
쐌 When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be
slightly less than the above. CL
쐌 Make sure torque is within the specified range.
MT
ProCarManuals.com
AAT466
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING PRELOAD NIAT0299S02

쐌 Be sure to remove final drive assembly before doing this pro-
cedure.
쐌 Using caliper and straightedge, calculate a dimension “T”
(adjuster shim thickness) in the left figure by the following for- AX
mula. And adjust the inspection standard for pre-load (rotating
slide torque) as shown below.
T=A–E
SU
Inspection standard for preload:
0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb) BR
SAT876J
1. Remove transmission case and final drive assembly from con-

verter housing. ST
2. Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing
adjusting shim using the following procedures.
RS
a. Place reduction pinion gear on transmission case as shown.
BT
HA
SAT332DA
b. Place idler gear bearing on transmission case. SC

c. Measure dimensions “B”, “C” and “D” and calculate dimension
“A”.
A = D − (B + C) EL
“A”: Distance between the surface of idler gear bear-
ing inner race and the adjusting shim mating surface
of reduction pinion gear. IDX
SAT333DA
AT-359
ASSEMBLY
쐌 Measure dimension “B” between the end of reduction pinion
gear and the surface of transmission case.
쐌 Measure dimension “B” in at least two places.
SAT334DA
쐌 Measure dimension “C” between the surface of idler gear bear-

ing inner race and the surface of transmission case.
쐌 Measure dimension “C” in at least two places.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT335D
쐌 Measure dimension “D” between the end of reduction pinion

gear and the adjusting shim mating surface of reduction pin-
ion gear.
쐌 Measure dimension “D” in at least two places.
쐌 Calculate dimension “A”.
A = D − (B + C)
SAT336DA
d. Measure dimension “E” between the end of idler gear and the
idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear.
쐌 Measure dimension “E” in at least two places.
SAT337D
e. Calculate “T” and select proper thickness of reduction pinion

gear bearing adjusting shim using SDS table as a guide.
T = A − E – 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)*
Reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim:
Refer to “REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING
ADJUSTING SHIM”, AT-385.
*: Bearing preload
AT-360
ASSEMBLY
3. Install reduction pinion gear and reduction pinion gear bearing
adjusting shim selected in step 2-e on transmission case using
Tool. GI
4. Press idler gear bearing inner race on idler gear.
5. Press idler gear on reduction pinion gear.
쐌 Press idler gear so that idler gear can be locked by park- MA
ing pawl.
EM
AAT696 LC
6. Tighten idler gear lock nut to the specified torque.
쐌 Lock idler gear with parking pawl when tightening lock
nut.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT339D
7. Measure turning torque of reduction pinion gear.

쐌 When measuring turning torque, turn reduction pinion
gear in both directions several times to seat bearing roll-
ers correctly.
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear: AX
0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
SU
BR
SAT340DC
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY

쐌 Measure clearance between side cover and the end of the
NIAT0299S03 ST
output shaft bearing.
쐌 Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that clearance is RS
within specifications.
BT
HA
SAT341D
1. Install bearing retainer for output shaft. SC
EL
IDX
SAT347D
AT-361
ASSEMBLY
2. Install output shaft thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
SAT438D
3. Install output shaft on transmission case.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT439D
4. Measure dimensions “1” and “2” at side cover and then cal-
culate dimension “A”.
쐌 Measure dimension “1” and “2” in at least two places
“A”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and adjusting shim mating surface
A = 1 − 2
2: Height of gauge
SAT874DA
5. Measure dimensions “2” and “3” and then calculate dimen-

sion “B”.
Measure “2” and “3” in at least two places.
“B”: Distance between the end of output shaft bearing
outer race and the side cover fitting surface of transmis-
sion case
B = 2 − 3
2: Height of gauge
SAT875DA
6. Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that output shaft

end play (clearance between side cover and output shaft bear-
ing) is within specifications.
Output shaft end play (A − B):
0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in)
Output shaft end play adjusting shim:
Refer to “Output Shaft”, AT-386.
7. Install adjusting shim on output shaft bearing.
SAT440D
AT-362
ASSEMBLY
8. Apply locking sealant (Loctite 5/8 or equivalent) to transmis-
sion case as shown in illustration.
GI
MA
EM
SAT441D LC
9. Install side cover on transmission case.
쐌 Apply locking sealant to the mating surface of transmis-
sion case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT442D
10. Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque.

: 26 - 30 N·m (2.7 - 3.1 kg-m, 20 - 22 ft-lb)
쐌 Do not mix bolts A and B.
쐌 Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.
AX
SU
BR
SAT124E
Assembly (2) NIAT0300 ST

1. Remove paper rolled around bearing retainer.
2. Install thrust washer on bearing retainer.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer. RS
BT
HA
SAT354D
3. Install forward clutch assembly. SC

쐌 Align teeth of low & reverse brake drive plates before
installing.
쐌 Make sure that bearing retainer seal rings are not spread. EL
IDX
SAT355D
AT-363
ASSEMBLY
4. Install thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust bearing.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of thrust needle bearing.
SAT356D
5. Install thrust needle bearing on rear internal gear.

쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT357D
6. Hold forward clutch hub and turn overrun clutch hub.

Check overrun clutch hub for directions of lock and unlock.
쐌 If not as shown in illustration, check installed direction of for-
ward one-way clutch.
SAT358D
7. Install rear internal gear assembly.

쐌 Align teeth of forward clutch and overrun clutch drive
plate.
SAT359D
8. Install needle bearing on rear planetary carrier.

쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
SAT360D
AT-364
ASSEMBLY
9. Install rear sun gear on rear planetary carrier.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of rear sun gear.
GI
MA
EM
SAT052D LC
10. Install rear planetary carrier on transmission case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT362D
11. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier.

쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
AX
SU
BR
SAT363D
12. Install low one-way clutch to front planetary carrier by turning

it in the direction of the arrow as shown. ST
13. While holding front planetary carrier, turn low one-way clutch.
Check low one-way clutch for correct directions of lock and
unlock.
RS
BT
HA
SAT048D
14. Install front planetary carrier assembly on transmission case. SC
EL
IDX
SAT047D
AT-365
ASSEMBLY
15. Install snap ring with screwdriver.
쐌 Forward clutch and bearings must be correctly installed
for snap ring to fit groove of transmission case.
SAT046D
16. Install needle bearing on front sun gear.

ProCarManuals.com
SAT367D
17. Install front sun gear on front planetary carrier.
SAT368D
18. Install needle bearing on front sun gear.

SAT369D
19. Install high clutch hub on front sun gear.
SAT370D
AT-366
ASSEMBLY
20. Install needle bearing on high clutch hub.
쐌 Pay attention to direction of needle bearing. GI
MA
EM
SAT371D LC
21. Remove paper rolled around input shaft.
22. Install input shaft assembly.
EC
쐌 Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT372D
23. Install reverse clutch assembly.

쐌 Align teeth of reverse clutch drive plates before installing.
AX
SU
BR
SAT373D
Adjustment (2) NIAT0301 ST

When any parts listed below are replaced, adjust total end play and
reverse clutch end play.
Reverse clutch
RS
Part name Total end play
end play
Transmission case 쐌 쐌 BT
Overrun clutch hub 쐌 쐌
Rear internal gear 쐌 쐌 HA

Rear planetary carrier 쐌 쐌
Rear sun gear 쐌 쐌 SC

Front planetary carrier 쐌 쐌
Front sun gear 쐌 쐌

EL
High clutch hub 쐌 쐌
High clutch drum 쐌 쐌

IDX
Oil pump cover 쐌 쐌
Reverse clutch drum — 쐌
AT-367
ASSEMBLY
TOTAL END PLAY NIAT0301S01
쐌 Measure clearance between reverse clutch drum and needle
bearing for oil pump cover.
쐌 Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is
SAT374D
1. Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension

“J”.
ProCarManuals.com
SAT375D
a. Measure dimension “K”.
SAT376D
b. Measure dimension “L”.

c. Calculate dimension “J”.
“J”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of trans-
mission case and needle bearing mating surface of high
clutch drum
J=K−L
SAT377D
2. Measure dimension “M”.

a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.
SAT378D
AT-368
ASSEMBLY
b. Measure dimension “M”.
“M”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and needle bearing on oil pump cover GI
“M1”: Indication of gauge
MA
EM
SAT379D LC
c. Measure thickness of straightedge “t”.
M = M1− t
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT443D
3. Adjust total end play “T3”.

T3 = J − M
Total end play “T3”:
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
쐌 Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play
AX
is within specifications.
Bearing races: Refer to “Total End Play”, AT-387. SU
BR
REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY

쐌
NIAT0301S02
Measure clearance between oil pump cover and thrust washer
ST
for reverse clutch drum.
쐌 Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that end play is RS
BT
HA
SAT380D
1. Measure dimensions “O” and “P” and then calculate dimension SC

“N”.
EL
IDX
SAT381D
AT-369
ASSEMBLY
a. Place thrust washer on reverse clutch drum.
b. Measure dimension “O”.
SAT382D
c. Measure dimension “P”.

d. Calculate dimension “N”.
“N”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of trans-
mission case and thrust washer on reverse clutch drum
N=O−P
ProCarManuals.com
SAT383D
2. Measure dimensions “R” and “S” and then calculate dimension

“Q”.
SAT384D
a. Measure dimension “R”.
SAT385D
b. Measure dimension “S”.

c. Calculate dimension “Q”.
“Q”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface
and thrust washer mating surface
Q=R−S
SAT386D
AT-370
ASSEMBLY
3. Adjust reverse clutch end play “T4”.
T4 = N − Q
Reverse clutch end play: GI
0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in)
쐌 Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that reverse clutch MA
end play is within specifications.
Thrust washer: Refer to “Reverse Clutch End Play”,
AT-387. EM
LC
1. Remove reverse clutch assembly and install needle bearing on EC
high clutch assembly.
2. Install reverse clutch assembly. FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT387D
3. Install anchor end pin and lock nut on transmission case.

4. Place brake band on outside of reverse clutch drum. Tighten
anchor end pin just enough so that brake band is evenly fitted
on reverse clutch drum.
AX
SU
BR
SAT038D
5. Place bearing race selected in total end play adjustment step

on oil pump cover. ST
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
RS
BT
HA
SAT389D
6. Place thrust washer selected in reverse clutch end play step SC

on reverse clutch drum.
EL
IDX
SAT390D
AT-371
ASSEMBLY
7. Install oil pump assembly on transmission case.
SAT391D
8. Tighten oil pump fixing bolts to specified torque.

: 18 - 21 N·m (1.8 - 2.1 kg-m, 13 - 15 ft-lb)
ProCarManuals.com
SAT392D
9. Install O-ring to input shaft.

쐌 Apply ATF to O-ring.
SAT034D
10. Adjust brake band.

a. Tighten anchor end pin to specified torque.
Anchor end pin:
: 3.9 - 5.9 N·m (0.4 - 0.6 kg-m, 35 - 52 in-lb)
SAT394D
b. Back off anchor end pin two and a half turns.
SAT395D
AT-372
ASSEMBLY
c. While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.
GI
MA
EM
SAT396D LC
11. Apply compressed air to oil holes of transmission case and
check operation of brake band.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT397D

1. Install final drive assembly on transmission case.
AX
SU
BR
SAT030D
2. Install oil tube on converter housing.

ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT033DA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-373
ASSEMBLY
3. Install O-ring on differential oil port of transmission case.
4. Install converter housing on transmission case.
쐌 Apply locking sealant to mating surface of converter
housing.
Bolt Length mm (in)
A 32.8 (1.291)
B 40 (1.57)
ProCarManuals.com
SAT405D
5. Install accumulator piston.

a. Check contact surface of accumulator piston for damage.
SAT406DA
b. Install O-rings on accumulator piston.

Accumulator piston O-rings:
Refer to “Accumulator”, AT-387.
SAT407DA
c. Install accumulator pistons and return springs on transmission

case.
쐌 Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
Return springs:
Refer to “Accumulator”, AT-387.
SAT878J
AT-374
ASSEMBLY
6. Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transmission case.
쐌 Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.
GI
MA
EM
SAT021D LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT022D
7. Install control valve assembly.

a. Insert manual valve into control valve assembly.
쐌 Apply ATF to manual valve.
AX
SU
BR
SAT017D
b. Pass solenoid harness through transmission case and install

terminal body on transmission case by pushing it. ST
c. Install stopper ring to terminal body.
RS
BT
HA
AAT261A
SC
EL
IDX
AT-375
ASSEMBLY
d. Tighten bolts A, B and C.
: 7 - 9 N·m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
Bolt length, number and location
Bolt symbol A B C
Bolt length “” 40.0 mm 33.0 mm 43.5 mm

(1.575 in) (1.299 in) (1.713 in)
Number of bolts 5 6 2
ProCarManuals.com
AAT260A
8. Install oil pan.

a. Attach magnet to oil pan.
SAT418D
b. Install new oil pan gasket on transmission case.

c. Install oil pan on transmission case.
쐌 Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing bolts.
쐌 Tighten the bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislo-
cation of gasket.
d. Tighten drain plug to specified torque.
SAT128E
9. Install PNP switch.

a. Set manual shaft in “P” position.
b. Temporarily install PNP switch on manual shaft.
c. Move selector lever to “N” position.
SAT023JB
AT-376
ASSEMBLY
d. Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
1) Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
2) Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight GI
into hole in PNP switch.
e. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
f. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
MA
EM
SAT426DB LC
10. Install oil charging pipe and oil cooler tube to transmission
case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
SAT586H
11. Install torque converter.

a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
쐌 Approximately 1 liter (1-1/8 US qt, 7/8 Imp qt) of fluid is
required for a new torque converter.
쐌 When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount AX
of fluid as was drained.
SU
BR
SAT428DA
b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque con-

verter with notches of oil pump. ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT429D
c. Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in SC

proper position.
Distance “A”:
QG18DE: 21.1 mm (0.831 in) EL
SR20DE: 15.9 mm (0.626 in) or more
IDX
SAT430D
AT-377
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
General Specifications NIAT0304
Engine QG18DE SR20DE
Automatic transaxle model RE4F03B
Automatic transaxle assembly Model code number 3AX60 3AX11
1st 2.861
2nd 1.562
3rd 1.000
Transaxle gear ratio
4th 0.697
Reverse 2.310
Final drive 3.827 4.072
Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Genuine Nissan Automatic Trans-
Recommended fluid
mission Fluid (Canada)*1
Fluid capacity 7.0 (7-3/8 US qt, 6-1/8 Imp qt)
*1: Refer to MA-13, “Fluids and Lubricants”.
Shift Schedule NIAT0305

VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS NIAT0305S01
ProCarManuals.com
QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)

Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Throttle position Shift pattern
D1 , D2 D2 , D3 D3 , D4 D4 , D3 D3 , D2 D2 , D1 12 , 11
54 - 62 103 - 111 163 - 171 159 - 167 93 - 101 41 - 49 54 - 62

Full throttle Comfort
(34 - 39) (64 - 69) (101 - 106) (99 - 104) (58 - 63) (25 - 30) (34 - 39)
32 - 40 60 - 68 124 - 132 70 - 78 35 - 43 25 - 33 54 - 62
Half throttle Comfort
(20 - 25) (37 - 42) (77 - 82) (43 - 48) (22 - 27) (16 - 21) (34 - 39)
SR20DE
D1 , D2 D2 , D3 D3 , D4 D4 , D3 D3 , D2 D2 , D1 12 , 11
51 - 59 97 - 105 153 - 161 149 - 157 87 - 95 41 - 49 51 - 59

(32 - 37) (60 - 65) (95 - 100) (93 - 98) (54 - 59) (25 - 30) (32 - 37)
33 - 41 58 - 66 121 - 129 72 - 80 34 - 42 9 - 17 51 - 59
(21 - 25) (36 - 41) (75 - 80) (45 - 50) (21 - 26) (6 - 11) (32 - 37)
QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)

D1 , D2 D2 , D3 D3 , D4 D4 , D3 D3 , D2 D2 , D1 12 , 11
52 - 60 100 - 108 158 - 166 154 - 162 70 - 98 41 - 49 52 - 60

(32 - 37) (62 - 67) (98 - 103) (96 - 101) (56 - 61) (25 - 30) (32 - 37)
31 - 39 58 - 66 119 - 127 68 - 76 34 - 42 24 - 32 52 - 60
(19 - 24) (36 - 41) (74 - 79) (42 - 47) (21 - 26) (15 - 20) (32 - 37)
AT-378
Shift Schedule (Cont’d)
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING LOCK-UP NIAT0305S02

QG18DE (Calif. CA Model)
GI
Throttle opening OD switch Shift pattern
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
MA
ON (D4) Comfort 97 - 105 (60 - 65) 63 - 71 (39 - 44)
2/8
OFF (D3) Comfort 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 83 - 91 (52 - 57)
EM
SR20DE
LC
EC
ON (D4) Comfort 105 - 113 (65 - 70) 74 - 82 (46 - 51)
2/8
OFF (D3) Comfort 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 83 - 91 (52 - 57)
FE
QG18DE (Except Calif. CA Model)
CL
MT
ProCarManuals.com
ON (D4) Comfort 94 - 102 (58 - 63) 61 - 69 (38 - 43)

2/8
OFF (D3) Comfort 86 - 94 (53 - 58) 83 - 91 (52 - 57)
Stall Revolution NIAT0306
Engine model Stall revolution rpm AX

QG18DE 2,350 - 2,800
SR20DE 2,350 - 2,850 SU

Line Pressure NIAT0307 BR
2
Line pressure kPa (kg/cm , psi)
Engine speed
rpm
R position D position 2 position 1 position
ST
Idle 778 (7.9, 113) 500 (5.1, 73) 500 (5.1, 73) 500 (5.1, 73)
Stall 1,816 (18.5, 263) 1,167 (11.9, 169) 1,167 (11.9, 169) 1,167 (11.9, 169) RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-379
Control Valves
Control Valves NIAT0308

CONTROL VALVE AND PLUG RETURN SPRINGS NIAT0308S01
Unit: mm (in)
No. Parts Part No.* Free length Outer diameter
35 3-2 timing valve spring 31736-01X00 23.29 (0.917) 6.65 (0.2618)
19 Cooler check valve spring 31742-3AX05 28.04 (1.1039) 7.15 (0.2815)
23 Pilot valve spring 31742-3AX03 38.98 (1.5346) 8.9 (0.350)

Upper
body 15 1-2 accumulator valve spring 31742-3AX00 20.5 (0.807) 6.95 (0.2736)
Refer to
“Control 28 1-2 accumulator piston spring 31742-3AX09 55.66 (2.1913) 19.5 (0.7677)
Valve
Upper 33 1st reducing valve spring 31742-80X05 27.0 (1.063) 7.0 (0.276)
Body”,
2 Overrun clutch reducing valve spring 31742-80X06 37.5 (1.476) 7.0 (0.276)
AT-312.
7 Torque converter relief valve spring 31742-3AX04 33.3 (1.3110) 9.0 (0.354)
Torque converter clutch control valve

10 31742-3AX02 53.01 (2.0870) 6.5 (0.256)
spring
34 Shuttle control valve spring 31762-41X04 51.0 (2.0079) 5.65 (0.2224)
18 Pressure regulator valve spring 31742-80X13 45.0 (1.772) 15.0 (0.591)
23 Overrun clutch control valve spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
ProCarManuals.com
Lower
body 27 Accumulator control valve spring 31742-80X02 22.0 (0.866) 6.5 (0.256)
Refer to
“Control 29 Shift valve A spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
Valve
2 Shift valve B spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
Lower
Body”, 11 Pressure modifier valve spring 31742-41X15 30.5 (1.201) 9.8 (0.386)
AT-316.
7 Pressure modifier valve spring 31742-80X16 32.0 (1.260) 6.9 (0.272)
— Oil cooler relief valve spring 31872-31X00 17.02 (0.6701) 8.0 (0.315)
— T/C pressure spring 31742-3AX11 9.0 (0.354) 7.3 (0.287)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band NIAT0309

REVERSE CLUTCH NIAT0309S01
Number of drive plates 2
Number of driven plates 2
Standard 2.0 (0.079)

Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Allowable limit 1.8 (0.071)
Standard 0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031)

Clearance mm (in)
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
4.4 (0.173) 31537-31X00

Thickness of retaining plates 4.6 (0.181) 31537-31X01
4.8 (0.189) 31537-31X02
5.0 (0.197) 31537-31X03
5.2 (0.205) 31537-31X04
AT-380
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band (Cont’d)
HIGH CLUTCH =NIAT0309S02

GI

MA
Clearance mm (in)
Standard 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071) EM
Thickness mm (in) Part number* LC

4.8 (0.189) 31537-32X05
5.0 (0.197) 31537-32X06
Thickness of retaining plates 5.2 (0.205) 31537-32X07 EC
5.4 (0.213) 31537-32X08
5.6 (0.220) 31537-32X09
5.8 (0.228) 31537-32X10
6.0 (0.236) 31537-32X11 FE
FORWARD CLUTCH CL
NIAT0309S03

MT
ProCarManuals.com

Standard 0.45 - 0.85 (0.0177 - 0.0335)

Clearance mm (in) AX

SU
3.6 (0.142) 31537-31X60
3.8 (0.150) 31537-31X61
Thickness of retaining plate
4.0 (0.157) 31537-31X62
4.2 (0.165) 31537-31X63 BR
4.4 (0.173) 31537-31X64
4.6 (0.181) 31537-31X65
ST
OVERRUN CLUTCH NIAT0309S04

RS

BT
HA
Standard 1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055)
Clearance mm (in)
SC
3.6 (0.142) 31567-31X79

Thickness of retaining plate 3.8 (0.150) 31567-31X80
EL
4.0 (0.157) 31567-31X81
4.2 (0.165) 31567-31X82
4.4 (0.173) 31567-31X83 IDX
AT-381
Clutch, Brake and Brake Band (Cont’d)
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE NIAT0309S05
Number of driven plates 4+1

Standard 1.4 - 1.8 (0.055 - 0.071)

Clearance mm (in)
3.6 (0.142) 31667-31X16

3.8 (0.150) 31667-31X17
Thickness of retaining plate
4.0 (0.157) 31667-31X18
4.2 (0.165) 31667-31X19
4.4 (0.173) 31667-31X20
4.6 (0.181) 31667-31X21
BRAKE BAND NIAT0309S06
Anchor end pin tightening torque 3.5 - 5.9 N·m (0.35 - 0.6 kg-m, 31 - 52 in-lb)
Number of returning revolutions for anchor end pin 2.5±0.125

ProCarManuals.com
Lock nut tightening torque 31 - 36 N·m (3.2 - 3.7 kg-m, 23 - 27 ft-lb)
Clutch and Brake Return Springs NIAT0310

Unit: mm (in)
Parts Free length Outer diameter Part number*
Outer (16 pcs) 26.6 (1.047) 10.6 (0.417) 31505-31X02

Forward clutch (Overrun clutch)
Inner (16 pcs) 26.3 (1.035) 7.7 (0.303) 31505-31X03
Reverse clutch (16 pcs) 18.6 (0.732) 8.0 (0.315) 31505-31X00
High clutch (12 pcs) 19.7 (0.776) 11.1 (0.437) 31505-31X01
Low reverse brake (20 pcs) 25.1 (0.988) 7.6 (0.299) 31505-31X04
Oil Pump NIAT0311
Oil pump side clearance mm (in) 0.02 - 0.04 (0.0008 - 0.0016)
Inner gear
9.99 - 10.00 (0.3933 - 0.3937) 31346-31X00

9.98 - 9.99 (0.3929 - 0.3933) 31346-31X01
9.97 - 9.98 (0.3925 - 0.3929) 31346-31X02
Thickness of inner gears and outer gears
Outer gear
9.99 - 10.00 (0.3933 - 0.3937) 31347-31X00

9.98 - 9.99 (0.3929 - 0.3933) 31347-31X01
9.97 - 9.98 (0.3925 - 0.3929) 31347-31X02
Standard 0.08 - 0.15 (0.0031 - 0.0059)

Clearance between oil pump hous-
ing and outer gear mm (in) Allowable limit 0.15 (0.0059)
Standard 0.1 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

Oil pump cover seal ring clearance
mm (in)
AT-382
Input Shaft
Input Shaft NIAT0312

Unit: mm (in)
GI
Standard 0.08 - 0.23 (0.0031 - 0.0091)
Input shaft seal ring clearance
MA
Planetary Carrier NIAT0313

EM
Unit: mm (in)
Standard 0.15 - 0.70 (0.0059 - 0.0276)

Clearance between planetary carrier and pin- LC
ion washer
Final Drive EC
NIAT0314
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE NIAT0314S01
Clearance between side gear and differential case with washer 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in) FE
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHERS NIAT0314S02
CL
0.75 - 0.80 (0.0295 - 0.0315) 38424-D2111

MT
ProCarManuals.com
0.80 - 0.85 (0.0315 - 0.0335) 38424-D2112

0.85 - 0.90 (0.0335 - 0.0354) 38424-D2113
0.90 - 0.95 (0.0354 - 0.0374) 38424-D2114
0.95 - 1.00 (0.0374 - 0.0394) 38424-D2115
BEARING PRELOAD NIAT0314S04

AX
Differential side bearing preload “T” 0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)
SU
TURNING TORQUE NIAT0314S05
Turning torque of final drive assembly 0.49 - 1.08 N·m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb) BR
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS NIAT0314S06
ST
0.40 (0.0157) 31499-21X07

0.44 (0.0173) 31499-21X08 RS
0.48 (0.0189) 31499-21X09
0.52 (0.0205) 31499-21X10
0.56 (0.0220) 31499-21X11
0.60 (0.0236) 31499-21X12
BT
0.64 (0.0252) 31499-21X13
0.68 (0.0268) 31499-21X14
0.72 (0.0283) 31499-21X15 HA
0.76 (0.0299) 31499-21X16
0.80 (0.0315) 31499-21X17
0.84 (0.0331) 31499-21X18
0.88 (0.0346) 31499-21X19 SC
0.92 (0.0362) 31499-21X20
1.44 (0.0567) 31499-21X21
EL
IDX
AT-383
TABLE FOR SELECTING DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS NIAT0314S08

Unit: mm (in)
Dial indicator deflection Suitable shim(s)
0.31 - 0.35 (0.0122 - 0.0138) 0.40 (0.0157)

0.35 - 0.39 (0.0138 - 0.0154) 0.44 (0.0173)
0.39 - 0.43 (0.0154 - 0.0169) 0.48 (0.0189)
0.43 - 0.47 (0.0169 - 0.0185) 0.52 (0.0205)
0.47 - 0.51 (0.0185 - 0.0201) 0.56 (0.0220)
0.51 - 0.55 (0.0201 - 0.0217) 0.60 (0.0236)
0.55 - 0.59 (0.0217 - 0.0232) 0.64 (0.0252)
0.59 - 0.63 (0.0232 - 0.0248) 0.68 (0.0268)
0.63 - 0.67 (0.0248 - 0.0264) 0.72 (0.0283)
0.67 - 0.71 (0.0264 - 0.0280) 0.76 (0.0299)
0.71 - 0.75 (0.0280 - 0.0295) 0.80 (0.0315)
0.75 - 0.79 (0.0295 - 0.0311) 0.84 (0.0331)
0.79 - 0.83 (0.0311 - 0.0327) 0.88 (0.0346)
0.83 - 0.87 (0.0327 - 0.0343) 0.92 (0.0362)
0.87 - 0.91 (0.0343 - 0.0358) 0.48 (0.0189) + 0.48 (0.0189)
0.91 - 0.95 (0.0358 - 0.0374) 0.48 (0.0189) + 0.52 (0.0205)
0.95 - 0.99 (0.0374 - 0.0390) 0.52 (0.0205) + 0.52 (0.0205)
0.99 - 1.03 (0.0390 - 0.0406) 0.52 (0.0205) + 0.56 (0.0220)
1.03 - 1.07 (0.0406 - 0.0421) 0.56 (0.0220) + 0.56 (0.0220)
1.07 - 1.11 (0.0421 - 0.0437) 0.56 (0.0220) + 0.60 (0.0236)
1.11 - 1.15 (0.0437 - 0.0453) 0.60 (0.0236) + 0.60 (0.0236)
1.15 - 1.19 (0.0453 - 0.0469) 0.60 (0.0236) + 0.64 (0.0252)
1.19 - 1.23 (0.0469 - 0.0484) 0.64 (0.0252) + 0.64 (0.0252)
ProCarManuals.com
1.23 - 1.27 (0.0484 - 0.0500) 0.64 (0.0252) + 0.68 (0.0268)

1.27 - 1.31 (0.0500 - 0.0516) 0.68 (0.0268) + 0.68 (0.0268)
1.31 - 1.35 (0.0516 - 0.0531) 0.68 (0.0268) + 0.72 (0.0283)
1.35 - 1.39 (0.0531 - 0.0547) 1.44 (0.0567)
1.39 - 1.43 (0.0547 - 0.0563) 0.72 (0.0283) + 0.76 (0.0299)
1.43 - 1.47 (0.0563 - 0.0579) 0.76 (0.0299) + 0.76 (0.0299)
1.47 - 1.51 (0.0579 - 0.0594) 0.76 (0.0299) + 0.80 (0.0315)
1.51 - 1.55 (0.0594 - 0.0610) 0.80 (0.0315) + 0.80 (0.0315)
1.55 - 1.59 (0.0610 - 0.0626) 0.80 (0.0315) + 0.84 (0.0331)
1.59 - 1.63 (0.0626 - 0.0642) 0.84 (0.0331) + 0.84 (0.0331)
1.63 - 1.67 (0.0642 - 0.0657) 0.84 (0.0331) + 0.88 (0.0346)
1.67 - 1.71 (0.0657 - 0.0673) 0.88 (0.0346) + 0.88 (0.0346)
1.71 - 1.75 (0.0673 - 0.0689) 0.88 (0.0346) + 0.92 (0.0362)
1.75 - 1.79 (0.0689 - 0.0705) 0.92 (0.0362) + 0.92 (0.0362)
1.79 - 1.83 (0.0705 - 0.0720) 0.92 (0.0362) + 0.96 (0.0378)
1.83 - 1.87 (0.0720 - 0.0736) 0.96 (0.0378) + 0.96 (0.0378)
1.87 - 1.91 (0.0736 - 0.0752) 0.52 (0.0205) + 1.44 (0.0567)
1.91 - 1.95 (0.0752 - 0.0768) 0.56 (0.0220) + 1.44 (0.0567)
Reduction Pinion Gear NIAT0315

BEARING PRELOAD NIAT0315S01
Reduction pinion gear bearing preload 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
TURNING TORQUE NIAT0315S02
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear 0.1 - 0.69 N·m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
AT-384
Reduction Pinion Gear (Cont’d)
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS NIAT0315S03

GI
1.74 (0.0685) 31438-31X16
1.78 (0.0701) 31438-31X17
1.82 (0.0717) 31438-31X18 MA
1.86 (0.0732) 31438-31X19
1.90 (0.0748) 31438-31X20
1.92 (0.0756) 31439-31X60
1.94 (0.0764) 31438-31X21 EM
1.96 (0.0772) 31439-31X61
1.98 (0.0780) 31438-31X22
2.00 (0.0787) 31439-31X62 LC
2.02 (0.0795) 31438-31X23
2.04 (0.0803) 31439-31X63
2.06 (0.0811) 31438-31X24
2.08 (0.0819) 31439-31X64 EC
2.10 (0.0827) 31438-31X60
2.12 (0.0835) 31439-31X65
2.14 (0.0843) 31438-31X61
2.16 (0.0850) 31439-31X66
FE
2.18 (0.0858) 31438-31X62
2.20 (0.0866) 31439-31X67
2.22 (0.0874) 31438-31X63 CL
2.24 (0.0882) 31439-31X68
2.26 (0.0890) 31438-31X64
2.28 (0.0898) 31439-31X69
MT
ProCarManuals.com
2.30 (0.0906) 31438-31X65

2.34 (0.0921) 31438-31X66
2.38 (0.0937) 31438-31X67
2.42 (0.0953) 31438-31X68
2.46 (0.0969) 31438-31X69
2.50 (0.0984) 31438-31X70
2.54 (0.1000) 31438-31X71
2.58 (0.1016) 31438-31X72 AX
2.62 (0.1031) 31438-31X73
2.66 (0.1047) 31438-31X74
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-385
Reduction Pinion Gear (Cont’d)
TABLE FOR SELECTING REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM NIAT0315S04
Unit: mm (in)
Dimension “T” Suitable shim(s)
1.77 - 1.81 (0.0697 - 0.0713) 1.74 (0.0685)

1.81 - 1.85 (0.0713 - 0.0728) 1.78 (0.0701)
1.85 - 1.89 (0.0728 - 0.0744) 1.82 (0.0717)
1.89 - 1.93 (0.0744 - 0.0760) 1.86 (0.0732)
1.93 - 1.96 (0.0760 - 0.0772) 1.90 (0.0748)
1.96 - 1.98 (0.0772 - 0.0780) 1.92 (0.0756)
1.98 - 2.00 (0.0780 - 0.0787) 1.94 (0.0764)
2.00 - 2.02 (0.0787 - 0.0795) 1.96 (0.0772)
2.02 - 2.04 (0.0795 - 0.0803) 1.98 (0.0780)
2.04 - 2.06 (0.0803 - 0.0811) 2.00 (0.0787)
2.06 - 2.08 (0.0811 - 0.0819) 2.02 (0.0795)
2.08 - 2.10 (0.0819 - 0.0827) 2.04 (0.0803)
2.10 - 2.12 (0.0827 - 0.0835) 2.06 (0.0811)
2.12 - 2.14 (0.0835 - 0.0843) 2.08 (0.0819)
2.14 - 2.16 (0.0843 - 0.0850) 2.10 (0.0827)
2.16 - 2.18 (0.0850 - 0.0858) 2.12 (0.0835)
2.18 - 2.20 (0.0858 - 0.0866) 2.14 (0.0843)
2.20 - 2.22 (0.0866 - 0.0874) 2.16 (0.0850)
2.22 - 2.24 (0.0874 - 0.0888) 2.18 (0.0858)
2.24 - 2.26 (0.0882 - 0.0890) 2.20 (0.0866)
2.26 - 2.28 (0.0890 - 0.0898) 2.22 (0.0874)
2.28 - 2.30 (0.0898 - 0.0906) 2.24 (0.0882)
2.30 - 2.32 (0.0906 - 0.0913) 2.26 (0.0890)
ProCarManuals.com
2.32 - 2.34 (0.0913 - 0.0921) 2.28 (0.0898)

2.34 - 2.37 (0.0921 - 0.0933) 2.30 (0.0906)
2.37 - 2.41 (0.0933 - 0.0949) 2.34 (0.0921)
2.41 - 2.45 (0.0949 - 0.0965) 2.38 (0.0937)
2.45 - 2.49 (0.0965 - 0.0980) 2.42 (0.0953)
2.49 - 2.53 (0.0980 - 0.0996) 2.46 (0.0969)
2.53 - 2.57 (0.0996 - 0.1012) 2.50 (0.0984)
2.57 - 2.61 (0.1012 - 0.1028) 2.54 (0.1000)
2.61 - 2.65 (0.1028 - 0.1043) 2.58 (0.1016)
2.65 - 2.69 (0.1043 - 0.1059) 2.62 (0.1031)
2.69 - 2.73 (0.1059 - 0.1075) 2.66 (0.1047)
Output Shaft NIAT0316

SEAL RING CLEARANCE NIAT0316S01
Unit: mm (in)
Standard 0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

Output shaft seal ring clearance
END PLAY NIAT0316S02
Output shaft end play 0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in)
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY ADJUSTING SHIMS NIAT0316S03
0.56 (0.0220) 31438-31X46

0.96 (0.0378) 31438-31X47
1.36 (0.0535) 31438-31X48
Bearing Retainer NIAT0317

SEAL RING CLEARANCE NIAT0317S01
Unit: mm (in)
Standard 0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)

Bearing retainer seal ring clearance
AT-386
Total End Play
Total End Play NIAT0318
Total end play “T3” 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in) GI

BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY NIAT0318S01
MA
0.6 (0.024) 31435-31X01

0.8 (0.031) 31435-31X02 EM
1.0 (0.039) 31435-31X03
1.2 (0.047) 31435-31X04
1.4 (0.055) 31435-31X05
1.6 (0.063) 31435-31X06
LC
1.8 (0.071) 31435-31X07
2.0 (0.079) 31435-31X08
EC
Reverse Clutch End Play NIAT0319 FE

Reverse clutch end play “T4” 0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in)
THRUST WASHERS FOR ADJUSTING REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY CL

NIAT0319S01

MT
ProCarManuals.com
0.65 (0.0256) 31508-31X10

0.80 (0.0315) 31508-31X11
0.95 (0.0374) 31508-31X12
1.10 (0.0433) 31508-31X13
1.25 (0.0492) 31508-31X14
1.40 (0.0551) 31508-31X15
AX
Accumulator
O-RING
NIAT0320
SU
NIAT0320S01
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator Diameter (Small) Part number* Diameter (Large) Part number* BR

Servo release accumulator 26.9 (1.059) 31526-41X03 44.2 (1.740) 31526-41X02
N-D accumulator 34.6 (1.362) 31526-31X08 39.4 (1.551) 31672-21X00 ST

RETURN SPRING RS
NIAT0320S02
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator Free length Outer diameter Part number* BT

Servo release accumulator spring 52.5 (2.067) 20.1 (0.791) 31605-80X00
N-D accumulator spring 45.0 (1.772) 27.6 (1.087) 31605-33X01 HA

Band Servo SC
NIAT0321
RETURN SPRING NIAT0321S01
Unit: mm (in)
EL
Return spring Free length Outer diameter Part number*
2nd servo return spring 32.5 (1.280) 25.9 (1.020) 31605-31X20

IDX
OD servo return spring 38.52 (1.5165) 22.0 (0.866) 31605-31X21
AT-387
Removal and Installation
Removal and Installation NIAT0322

Unit: mm (in)
QG18DE SR20DE
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter 21.1 (0.831) 15.9 (0.626)
Shift Solenoid Valves NIAT0323
Gear Solenoid A Solenoid B
1st ON ON
2nd OFF ON
3rd OFF OFF
4th ON OFF
Solenoid Vavle NIAT0324
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal number
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid A 20 - 30Ω 2
Shift solenoid B 5 - 20Ω 1

ProCarManuals.com
Ovr. clutch sol. 20 - 30Ω 3
Line pres. sol. 2.5 - 5Ω 4
T/conv. clutch sol. 5 - 20Ω 5
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor NIAT0325
Specification
Monitor Item Condition
(Approx.)
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5 kΩ

A/T fluid temperature sensor " " "
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3 kΩ
Revolution Sensor NIAT0326
Condition Judgement standard
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring
function. *1
CAUTION: Approximately 150 Hz
Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item.
When vehicle not moving. Under 1.3V or over 4.5V
Dropping Resistor NIAT0327
Resistance 10 - 15Ω
AT-388

Nissan b15 2001 - Automatic-Transmission

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan b15 2001 - Automatic-Transmission

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nissan b15 2001 - Automatic-Transmission

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE GI

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ....................................4 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL

Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................166 Backward When Pushed .........................................220

DISASSEMBLY............................................................282 Final Drive................................................................383

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC NIAT0001

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 AT-130

A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 AT-137

A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 AT-143

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 AT-149

A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 AT-158

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 AT-115

ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-126

L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-173

O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 AT-194

PNP SW/CIRC P0705 AT-110

SFT SOL A/CIRC*2 P0750 AT-178

SFT SOL B/CIRC*2 P0755 AT-182

TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-158

TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2 P1705 AT-186

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3 P0720 AT-121

*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

P NO. INDEX FOR DTC =NIAT0001S02

P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-115

P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-126

P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-137 EC

P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-149 FE

P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-162 CL

P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*2 AT-178 MT

P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*2 AT-182

P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2 AT-186

P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-194

*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR

쐌 After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform

쐌 Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the out-

Service Notice or Precautions NIAT0005

− A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up).

Special Service Tools NIAT0007

(J34301-C) Measuring line pressure

KV31103000 Installing differential oil seal

ST35325000 Installing differential oil seal

KV38107700 쐌 Measuring turning torque of final drive assembly

KV31103200 Removing and installing clutch return spring

ST23540000 Removing and installing parking rod plate, manual

ST25710000 Aligning groove of manual shaft and hole of trans- LC

ST3306S001 Removing differential side bearing inner race

KV381054S0 쐌 Removing idler gear bearing outer race

ST35272000 쐌 Installing reduction gear bearing inner race EL

ST37830000 Installing idler gear bearing outer race

ST35321000 Installing output shaft bearing

ST30633000 Installing differential side bearing outer race

ST35271000 쐌 Installing idler gear

ST33400001 쐌 Installing oil pump housing oil seal

KV38105710 쐌 Measuring clearance between side gear and

Commercial Service Tools NIAT0008

Tool name Description

Puller 쐌 Removing idler gear bearing inner race

Tool name Description